WO2024032499A1 - Dns query method and communication device - Google Patents

Dns query method and communication device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024032499A1
WO2024032499A1 PCT/CN2023/111221 CN2023111221W WO2024032499A1 WO 2024032499 A1 WO2024032499 A1 WO 2024032499A1 CN 2023111221 W CN2023111221 W CN 2023111221W WO 2024032499 A1 WO2024032499 A1 WO 2024032499A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
communication device
plmn
operator corresponding
fqdn
under
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/111221
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
吕华章
李欢
孙晓文
Original Assignee
维沃移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 维沃移动通信有限公司 filed Critical 维沃移动通信有限公司
Publication of WO2024032499A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024032499A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L61/00Network arrangements, protocols or services for addressing or naming
    • H04L61/09Mapping addresses
    • H04L61/25Mapping addresses of the same type
    • H04L61/2503Translation of Internet protocol [IP] addresses
    • H04L61/256NAT traversal
    • H04L61/2567NAT traversal for reachability, e.g. inquiring the address of a correspondent behind a NAT server
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L61/00Network arrangements, protocols or services for addressing or naming
    • H04L61/45Network directories; Name-to-address mapping
    • H04L61/4505Network directories; Name-to-address mapping using standardised directories; using standardised directory access protocols
    • H04L61/4511Network directories; Name-to-address mapping using standardised directories; using standardised directory access protocols using domain name system [DNS]

Definitions

  • This application belongs to the field of communication technology, and specifically relates to a DNS query method and communication equipment.
  • Edge Application Server can provide edge computing services for terminals.
  • the edge application server can provide edge computing services for terminals.
  • the terminal needs to access the edge server, it can access it through the base station and user plane function (UPF) under the operator.
  • UPF user plane function
  • the operator where the terminal is located does not deploy EAS locally, but other operators in the same area provide edge computing services. In this way, the terminal will have the need to access the edge application server across operators. That is, terminals under operator A will need to access the edge application server under operator B.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a DNS query method and communication device, which can solve the problem of terminals being unable to access edge application servers across operators.
  • a DNS query method includes: a first communication device receives a Domain Name System (Domain Name System, DNS) query, and the DNS query includes a fully qualified domain name (Fully Qualified Domain Name, FQDN),
  • DNS Domain Name System
  • FQDN Fully Qualified Domain Name
  • the first communication device is a communication device under an operator corresponding to a first Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) ID
  • PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
  • FQDN is a domain name under an operator corresponding to a second PLMN ID
  • the third A communication device sends the DNS query to a second communication device, and the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • a DNS query device configured to receive a domain name system DNS query, where the DNS query includes the fully qualified domain name FQDN, and the first communication device is the first public land mobile
  • the communication device under the operator corresponding to the network PLMN ID, the FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
  • the sending module is used to send the DNS query to the second communication device, the second communication device It is the communication equipment under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • a DNS query method includes: a second communication device receiving a DNS query, the DNS query being sent by a first communication device, and the first communication device being an operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the DNS query includes FQDN, the FQDN is the domain name of the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the second communication device is the communication equipment of the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. ;
  • the second communication device forwards the DNS query to the DNS server to obtain the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN.
  • a DNS query device includes: a receiving module for receiving a DNS query.
  • the DNS query is sent by a first communication device, and the first communication device is an operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the communication equipment under the operator, the DNS query includes FQDN, the FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the second communication equipment is the communication under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • Device sending module, used to forward the DNS query to the DNS server and obtain the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN.
  • a DNS query method includes: a third communication device receives a first request, the first request is used to request a processing rule for an FQDN, and the FQDN is an operation corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the third communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID; the third communication device sends a first response, the first response contains a first rule, and the third communication device
  • One rule is a processing rule for the FQDN.
  • the first rule is used to instruct a DNS query containing the FQDN to be sent to a second communication device.
  • the second communication device is under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. communication device.
  • a DNS query device includes: a receiving module for receiving a first request.
  • the first request is used to request a processing rule for an FQDN.
  • the FQDN is corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the domain name under the operator, the third communication device is the communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID; the sending module is used to send the first response, the first response contains the first rule, the third One rule is a processing rule for the FQDN.
  • the first rule is used to instruct a DNS query containing the FQDN to be sent to a second communication device.
  • the second communication device is under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. communication device.
  • a DNS query method includes: a fourth communication device receiving a DNS response.
  • the fourth communication device is a communication device under an operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the DNS response includes FQDN and the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN; the fourth communication device determines the first information according to the DNS response, the first information includes DNAI and/or the IP address or identification of the second UPF; the third Four communication equipment Prepare to send the first information; wherein, the DNAI is used for user plane selection by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, and the second UPF is the UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, so The IP address or identification of the second UPF is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to establish a PDU session to the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • a DNS query device includes: a receiving module for receiving a DNS response.
  • the fourth communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the DNS response Contains FQDN and the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN; a determination module, used to determine the first information according to the DNS response, the first information includes the IP address or identification of the DNAI and/or the second UPF; the sending module, Used to send the first information; wherein the DNAI is used for user plane selection by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, and the second UPF is the UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, The IP address or identification of the second UPF is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to establish a PDU session to the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • a communication device in a ninth aspect, includes a processor and a memory.
  • the memory stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor.
  • the program or instructions are executed by the processor, the following is implemented: The steps of the method described in the first aspect, or the steps of implementing the method described in the third aspect, or the steps of the method described in the fifth aspect, or the steps of the method described in the seventh aspect.
  • a communication device including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used to receive a domain name system DNS query, the DNS query includes a fully qualified domain name FQDN, and the communication device is the first A communication device under the operator corresponding to the public land mobile network PLMN ID, and the FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID; sending the DNS query to the second communication device, the second communication device is the first A communication device under an operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID; or, the communication interface is used to receive a DNS query, the DNS query is sent by a first communication device, and the first communication device is an operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID
  • the communication device under, the DNS query includes FQDN, the FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, the communication device is the communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID; forwarding The DNS queries the DNS server to obtain the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQ
  • the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the communication interface is used to receive a DNS response, the communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the DNS response includes the FQDN and the The EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN;
  • the processor is used to determine the first information according to the DNS response, the first information includes DNAI and/or the IP address or identification of the second UPF;
  • the communication interface is used to send The first information; wherein the DNAI is used for user plane selection by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, the second UPF is the UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the third The IP address or identification of the second UPF is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to establish a PDU session to the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • a DNS query system including: at least two of a first communication device, a second communication device, a third communication device and a fourth communication device, the first communication device being operable to perform:
  • the steps of the DNS query method described in the first aspect, the second communication device can be used to perform the steps of the DNS query method described in the third aspect, and the third communication device can be used to perform the steps of the DNS query method described in the fifth aspect.
  • the steps of the DNS query method, the fourth communication device may be used to perform the steps of the DNS query method described in the seventh aspect.
  • a readable storage medium In a twelfth aspect, a readable storage medium is provided. Programs or instructions are stored on the readable storage medium. When the programs or instructions are executed by a processor, the steps of the method described in the first aspect are implemented, or the steps of the method are implemented. The steps of the method described in the third aspect, or the steps of implementing the method described in the fifth aspect, or the steps of the method described in the seventh aspect.
  • a chip in a thirteenth aspect, includes a processor and a communication interface.
  • the communication interface is coupled to the processor.
  • the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the method described in the first aspect. Method, or implement the method as described in the third aspect, or implement the method as described in the fifth aspect, or implement the method as described in the seventh aspect.
  • a computer program/program product is provided, the computer program/program product is stored in a storage medium, and the computer program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement as described in the first aspect
  • the DNS query of the terminal is forwarded to the terminal corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the communication equipment under the operator can obtain the IP address of the edge application server that needs to be accessed, so that the terminal can access the edge application server across operators.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic flow chart of a DNS query method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic flow chart of a DNS query method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic flow chart of a DNS query method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic flow chart of a DNS query method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic flow chart of a DNS query method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic flow chart of a DNS query method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic flow chart of a DNS query method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic flow chart of a DNS query method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a DNS query device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a DNS query device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a DNS query device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a DNS query device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • first, second, etc. in the description and claims of this application are used to distinguish similar objects and are not used to describe a specific order or sequence. It is to be understood that the terms so used are interchangeable under appropriate circumstances so that the embodiments of the present application can be practiced in sequences other than those illustrated or described herein, and that "first" and “second” are distinguished objects It is usually one type, and the number of objects is not limited.
  • the first object can be one or multiple.
  • “and/or” in the description and claims indicates at least one of the connected objects, and the character “/" generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or” relationship.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-Advanced, LTE-A Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-A Long Term Evolution
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • TDMA Time Division Multiple Access
  • FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • OFDMA Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • SC-FDMA Single-carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • NR New Radio
  • NR terminology is used in most of the following descriptions, but these technologies can also be applied to applications other than NR system applications, such as 6th Generation (6G) communication systems.
  • 6G 6th Generation
  • FIG. 1 shows a block diagram of a wireless communication system to which embodiments of the present application are applicable.
  • the wireless communication system includes a terminal 11 and a network side device 12.
  • the terminal 11 may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer (Tablet Personal Computer), a laptop computer (Laptop Computer), or a notebook computer, a personal digital assistant (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), a palmtop computer, a netbook, or a super mobile personal computer.
  • Tablet Personal Computer Tablet Personal Computer
  • laptop computer laptop computer
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • UMPC ultra-mobile personal computer
  • UMPC mobile Internet device
  • MID mobile Internet Device
  • AR augmented reality
  • VR virtual reality
  • robots wearable devices
  • WUE Vehicle User Equipment
  • PUE Pedestrian User Equipment
  • smart home home equipment with wireless communication functions, such as refrigerators, TVs, washing machines or furniture, etc.
  • game consoles personal computers (personal computer, PC), teller machine or self-service machine and other terminal-side devices.
  • Wearable devices include: smart watches, smart bracelets, smart headphones, smart glasses, smart jewelry (smart bracelets, smart bracelets, smart rings, smart necklaces, smart anklets) bracelets, smart anklets, etc.), smart wristbands, smart clothing, etc.
  • the network side device 12 may include an access network device or a core network device, where the access network device 12 may also be called a radio access network device, a radio access network (Radio Access Network, RAN), a radio access network function or Wireless access network unit.
  • the access network device 12 may include a base station, a WLAN access point or a WiFi node, etc.
  • the base station may be called a Node B, an evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB), an access point, or a Base Transceiver Station (Base Transceiver Station).
  • BTS Basic Service Set
  • ESS Extended Service Set
  • TRP Transmitting Receiving Point
  • the base station is not limited to specific technical terms. It should be noted that in the embodiment of this application, only the base station in the NR system is taken as an example. This introduction does not limit the specific type of base station.
  • Core network equipment may include but is not limited to at least one of the following: core network nodes, core network functions, mobility management entities (Mobility Management Entity, MME), access mobility management functions (Access and Mobility Management Function, AMF), session management functions (Session Management Function, SMF), User Plane Function (UPF), Policy Control Function (PCF), Policy and Charging Rules Function (PCRF), Edge Application Service Discovery function (Edge Application Server Discovery Function, EASDF), unified data management (Unified Data Management, UDM), unified data warehousing (Unified Data Repository, UDR), attributed user server (Home Subscriber Server, HSS), centralized network configuration (Centralized network configuration, CNC), network storage function (Network Repository Function, NRF), network exposure function (Network Exposure Function, NEF), local NEF (Local NEF, or L -NEF), Binding Support Function (Binding Support Function, BSF), Application Function (Application Function, AF), etc. It should be noted that in the embodiment of this application, only the
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a DNS query method 200, which can be executed by the first communication device.
  • the DNS query method can be executed by software or hardware installed in the first communication terminal.
  • the DNS query method includes the following steps.
  • the first communication device receives a domain name system DNS query.
  • the DNS query includes the fully qualified domain name FQDN.
  • the first communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first public land mobile network PLMN ID, and FQDN is corresponding to the second PLMN ID. domain name under the operator.
  • the terminal under the operator corresponding to the first Public Land Mobile Network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN) ID wants to access the Edge Application Server (Edge Application Server, EAS) under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID
  • the terminal You can send a Domain Name System (DNS) query and obtain the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN through the DNS query process.
  • DNS Domain Name System
  • the first communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID can receive the DNS query.
  • the DNS query includes the fully qualified domain name (Fully Qualified Domain Name, FQDN) of the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the DNS query is used to query the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN.
  • FQDN Fully Qualified Domain Name
  • the first communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the first communication device may be an Edge Application Server Discovery Function (EASDF).
  • EASDF Edge Application Server Discovery Function
  • the first communication device is an EASDF deployed under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, or H-EASDF ( HPLMN EASDF), that is, the current EASDF is the network element of the operator where the terminal is located.
  • H-EASDF HPLMN EASDF
  • the FQDN included in the DNS query is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the FQDN can satisfy at least one of the following:
  • FQDN is the domain name that the equipment under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID can process or resolve
  • the equipment under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID cannot resolve the FQDN.
  • the device capable of processing or parsing the FQDN under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID may be the second communication device.
  • the second communication device may be an EASDF.
  • the EASDF may be an EASDF deployed under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, or a V-EASDF.
  • the FQDN is a domain name that can be processed or parsed by the equipment of the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, which means that the FQDN may be an internal domain name used internally by the second operator, and the resolution of the domain name
  • the process can only be completed within the second operator; or, in order to resolve the FQDN, it is necessary to use the EASDF within the second operator for help; or, only the EASDF within the second operator can configure DNS for the FQDN.
  • DNS message handling rules DNS message handling rules
  • EASDF or SMF in the first operator cannot generate DNS message handling rules based on FQDN, nor can it resolve this domain name through the DNS process.
  • the first communication device sends a DNS query to the second communication device.
  • the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the first communication device can send the DNS query to the second communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. to resolve or process the FQDN by the second communications device.
  • the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the second communication device may be a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID and capable of processing or parsing the above-mentioned FQDN.
  • the second communication device may be an EASDF.
  • the EASDF may be an EASDF deployed under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, or a V-EASDF.
  • the first communication device when it sends a DNS query to the second communication device, it may send a DNS query to the second communication device according to the first rule.
  • the first rule is the processing rule of FQDN, and the first rule is Yu instructs to send a DNS query including the FQDN to the second communication device.
  • the first rule may be a DNS message processing rule, and the rule may be obtained from the SMF within the first operator.
  • the first rule instructs the EASDF under the first operator to send the DNS query to the EASDF under the second operator. That is, the DNS query is sent to the EASDF IP address under the second operator.
  • the first rule may be obtained by the first communication device from other devices when receiving a DNS query.
  • the first communication device may obtain the first rule through the following steps:
  • the first communication device sends a first request, and the first request is used to request processing rules for the FQDN;
  • the first response is received, and the first response contains the first rule.
  • the first communication device After receiving the DNS query, the first communication device cannot The FQDN is parsed, so the first communications device can send a first request to request processing rules for the FQDN. After sending the first request, the first communication device may receive a first response to the first request, and the first response may include a first rule, and the first rule is a processing rule for the FQDN.
  • the first communication device may optionally send the first request to the third communication device.
  • the first communication device may receive the first response from the third communication device.
  • the third link The communication device may be a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the third communication device may be a session management function (Session Management Function, SMF) under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, or H-SMF.
  • SMF Session Management Function
  • SMF will generate DNS message processing rules, that is, the first rule, based on the FQDN in the DNS query reported by EASDF, instructing EASDF in the first operator to send the DNS query to EASDF in the second operator.
  • the first communication device may send a DNS query according to the first rule, that is, forward the DNS query according to the first rule.
  • the first rule may be used to instruct the DNS query containing the FQDN to be sent to the second communication device.
  • the first communication device may send the DNS query to the second communication device indicated by the first rule. equipment.
  • the first rule can also be used to indicate the address information of the second communication device to which the DNS query is to be sent.
  • the first communication device sends the DNS query to the second communication device, it can be based on the address information indicated by the first rule.
  • the address information sends a DNS query to the second communications device.
  • the first communication device may receive a DNS response to the DNS query.
  • the first communication device may receive a DNS response corresponding to the DNS query from the second communication device.
  • the DNS response can include the FQDN in the DNS query and the Edge Application Server Internet Protocol (EAS IP) address corresponding to the FQDN.
  • EAS IP Edge Application Server Internet Protocol
  • the first communication device receiving the DNS response may receive the DNS response from the second communication device.
  • the first communication device when the first communication device sends a DNS query, it can send the DNS query to the second communication device.
  • the second communication device can query the DNS server for the ESA IP address corresponding to the FQDN, and When the EAS IP address is queried, a DNS response can be sent to the first communication device, so that the first communication device can receive a DNS response from the second communication device.
  • the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the second communication device may be an EASDF.
  • the EASDF may be an EASDF or V-EASDF deployed under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the first communication device may also receive the first information after sending a DNS query according to the first rule.
  • the first information may include a data network access identifier (Data Network Access Identifier, DNAI) and/or the IP address or identification (ID) of the second user plane (User Plane Function, UPF).
  • the DNAI can be used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to select the user plane.
  • the DNAI is determined based on the EAS IP address and/or FQDN in the DNS response.
  • the second UPF is a UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the IP address or identification of the second UPF can be used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to establish a protocol data unit (Packet Data Unit, PDU) session to the first PLMN ID.
  • PDU Packet Data Unit
  • the second PLMN ID corresponds to the operator, and the second UPF is determined based on DNAI.
  • the DNAI here can be either the DNAI within the first operator or the DNAI within the second operator.
  • the first communication device receives the first information, which may be the first communication device receiving the first information from the second communication device.
  • the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the second communication device may be an EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the first communication device can send a DNS query request to the second communication device. After querying the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN, the second communication device can send a request to the operator under the second PLMN ID.
  • the fourth communication device (such as SMF or V-SMF) sends a DNS response.
  • the fourth communication device can determine the first information according to the DNS response.
  • the fourth communication device determines the DNAI according to the EAS IP address in the DNS response.
  • the DNAI can The DNI of the second operator may also be the DNAI of the first operator, and then the fourth communication device may send the first information to the second communication device.
  • the second communication device can send the first information to the first communication device, so that the first communication device can receive the first information from the second communication device.
  • the second communication device may send the first information while sending the DNS response to the first communication device; the second communication device may also use service signaling with the first communication device, such as between two EASDFs.
  • the service message sends the first information to the first communication device.
  • the first communication device receives the first information from the second communication device through the following signaling: Neasdf_DNSContext_Update Request, Neasdf_DNSContext_Update Response, Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Request, Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Response.
  • the first communication device may optionally forward the first information to other communication devices.
  • the first communication device can send the first information to the third communication device.
  • the first information can be used by the third communication device to select a user plane, so that cross-platform communication can be implemented based on the selected user plane.
  • the third communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the third communication device may be an SMF.
  • the SMF may be an SMF or H-deployed under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. SMF.
  • the specific implementation method for the third communication device to select the user plane according to the first information can refer to the embodiment shown in Figure 4, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the third communication device can determine the user plane based on the DNAI and perform the UPF selection process.
  • the DNS query of the terminal is forwarded to the terminal corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the communication equipment under the operator can obtain the IP address of the edge application server that needs to be accessed, so that the terminal can access the edge application server across operators.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a DNS query method 300, which can be executed by a second communication device.
  • the DNS query method can be executed by software or hardware installed in the second communication terminal.
  • the DNS query method includes the following steps.
  • the second communication device receives a DNS query.
  • the DNS query is sent by the first communication device.
  • the first communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the DNS query contains FQDN, and FQDN is corresponding to the second PLMN ID. domain name under the operator, and the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the terminal When the terminal under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID wants to access the EAS under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, the terminal can send a DNS query, and the DNS query can include the EAS under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the second communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID can receive the DNS query.
  • the second communication device may be an EASDF.
  • the EASDF may be an EASDF or V-EASDF (VPLMN EASDF) deployed under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the second communication device receives the DNS query, which may be the second communication device receiving the DNS query from the first communication device.
  • the first communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID can receive the DNS request. Since the FQDN in the DNS query is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the first communication device is the communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, the FQDN cannot be resolved. Therefore, the first communication device can The DNS request is sent to the second communication device according to the first rule so that the second communication device can process or resolve the FQDN in the DNS query.
  • the first communication device may be an EASDF.
  • the EASDF may be an EASDF or H-EASDF deployed under an operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the specific implementation method for the first communication device to send the DNS query to the second communication device according to the first rule can refer to the embodiment shown in Figure 2, and the description will not be repeated here.
  • the FQDN included in the DNS query is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the DNS query is used to request the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN.
  • the FQDN included in the DNS query can satisfy at least one of the following:
  • FQDN is the domain name that the equipment under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID can process or resolve
  • the equipment under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID cannot resolve the FQDN.
  • the device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID that can process or resolve the FQDN may be the EASDF under the operator, that is, it may be the second communication device.
  • S304 The second communication device forwards the DNS query to the DNS server and obtains the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN.
  • the second communication device may forward the DNS query to the DNS server (DNS server) of the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • DNS server DNS server
  • the DNS server can query the corresponding EAS IP address according to the FQDN in the DNS query and return it to the second communication device, so that the second communication device can obtain the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN.
  • the second communication device may send a DNS response after obtaining the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN.
  • the DNS query response can contain the FQDN and the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN.
  • the second communication device sends a DNS response, which may include at least one of the following:
  • the second communication device sends a DNS response to the first communication device
  • the second communications device sends a DNS response to the fourth communications device.
  • the first communication device can receive the DNS response, thereby obtaining the query result of the DNS query.
  • the second communication device may select which communication device to send the DNS response to according to preconfigured rules. For example, if the following rule is set in the second communication device: when a DNS query containing a specific FQDN is received, it is sent to the fourth communication device first, then the second communication device is executed to send a DNS response to the fourth communication device. If the following rule is set in the second communication device: when a DNS query containing a specific FQDN is received, it is sent to the first communication device first, then the second communication device is executed to send a DNS response to the first communication device.
  • the rule for forwarding DNS responses in the second communication device may be set by the fourth communication device.
  • the fourth communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the fourth communication device may be an SMF.
  • the SMF is an SMF or V-SMF deployed under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the fourth communication device can perform user plane selection under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID according to the DNS response.
  • the DNS response For specific implementation methods, please refer to the embodiment shown in Figure 5. The explanation will not be repeated here.
  • the second communication device can also receive the first information.
  • the first information may include the DNAI and/or the IP address or identification of the second UPF.
  • DNAI is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to select the user plane.
  • DNAI is determined based on the EAS IP address and/or FQDN in the DNS response.
  • the second UPF is the UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the IP address or identification of the second UPF is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to establish a PDU session to the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • UPF is determined based on DNAI.
  • the IP address or identity of the second UPF is also used to establish a cross-operator PDU session or IP route to the EAS IP address in the DNS response.
  • the DNAI in the first information may be the DNAI under the second operator determined based on the EAS IP address or FQDN, or it may be the DNAI under the first operator.
  • the second UPF includes at least one of the following: UPF, local PSA, UL CL.
  • the second communication device receives the first information, which may be the second communication device receiving the first information from the fourth communication device.
  • the fourth communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the fourth communication device may be an SMF.
  • the fourth communication device can determine the first information based on the DNS response (according to the FQDN or EAS IP address in the DNS response), The first information is then sent to the second communication device so that the second communication device can receive the first information from the fourth communication device.
  • the specific implementation method for the fourth communication device to determine the first information according to the DNS response can refer to the embodiment shown in Figure 5, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the second communication device may optionally send the first information.
  • the first communication device can send the first information to the first communication device, so that the first communication device can send the first information to the third communication device, and the third communication device can send the first information to the third communication device according to the first communication device.
  • This information is used to select the user plane, so that cross-operator access to EAS can be achieved based on the selected user plane.
  • the first communication device and the third communication device are communication devices under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the first communication device may be EASDF or H deployed under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the third communication device may be an SMF or H-SMF deployed under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the specific implementation of the first communication device sending the first information and the third communication device selecting the user plane according to the first information may refer to the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 4 and will not be described in detail here.
  • the first communication device selects a user plane according to the first information, which may mean that the first communication device selects a user plane in the operator corresponding to the first PLMN according to the first information, and the selected user plane is used to establish the EAS IP
  • the server corresponding to the address alternatively, establishes a cross-operator PDU session or IP connection or N9 tunnel to the second UPF.
  • the DNS query of the terminal is forwarded to the terminal corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the communication equipment under the operator can obtain the IP address of the edge application server that needs to be accessed, so that the terminal can access the edge application server across operators.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a DNS query method 400, which can be executed by a third communication device.
  • the DNS query method can be executed by software or hardware installed in the third communication terminal.
  • the DNS query method includes the following steps.
  • the third communication device receives the first request.
  • the first request is used to request processing rules for FQDN.
  • FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the third communication device is the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. communication equipment.
  • the third communication device may be an SMF.
  • the SMF may be an SMF or H-SMF deployed under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the first request may be Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Request, Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Response, Neasdf_DNSContext_Update Request, Neasdf_DNSContext_Update Response.
  • the terminal When the terminal under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID wants to access the EAS IP under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, the terminal can send a DNS query, and the DNS query can include the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the third communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID can receive the first request, and the first request is used to request processing rules for the FQDN in the DNS query.
  • the FQDN processing rule refers to where the DNS query containing this FQDN should be sent (generally speaking, it is sent to the DNS server or EASDF).
  • the third communication device receives the first request, which may be the third communication device receiving the first request from the first communication device.
  • the first communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID (which may be an EASDF or H-EASDF deployed under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID) can receive the DNS request.
  • the FQDN in the DNS query is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID
  • the first communication device is the communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID
  • the FQDN cannot be resolved. Therefore, the first communication device can A first request is sent to request processing rules for the FQDN.
  • the first communication device may send it to the third communication device, so that the third communication device may receive the first request from the first communication device.
  • the FQDN included in the DNS query is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the DNS query is used to request the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN.
  • the FQDN included in the DNS query can satisfy at least one of the following:
  • FQDN is the domain name that the equipment under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID can process or resolve
  • the equipment under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID cannot resolve the FQDN.
  • the device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID that can process or resolve the FQDN may be the EASDF under the operator, and specifically may be the second communication device in the embodiments of this application.
  • the third communication device sends a first response.
  • the first response contains a first rule.
  • the first rule is a processing rule for FQDN.
  • the first rule is used to instruct the DNS query containing FQDN to be sent to the second communication device.
  • the second The communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the first response may be: Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Request, Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Response, Neasdf_DNSContext_Update Request, Neasdf_DNSContext_Update Response.
  • the processing rule for FQDN can be expressed as a first rule.
  • the third communication device may send the first response.
  • the first response may include a first rule, and the first rule may be used to instruct the DNS query including the FQDN to be sent to the second communication device.
  • the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and can process or parse the FQDN in the DNS query.
  • the second communication device may be an EASDF.
  • the third communication device when the third communication device sends the first response, the third communication device may send the first response to the first communication device.
  • the terminal device may send a DNS query according to the first rule in the first response.
  • the first rule is also used to indicate address information of the second communication device.
  • the third communication device sends the first rule to the first communication device
  • the first communication device sends a DNS query to the second communication device according to the first rule
  • it can send a DNS query to the second communication device according to the address information indicated by the first rule.
  • the device sends a DNS query. That is, the DNS query is sent to the network element corresponding to the IP address indicated in the first rule.
  • the network element may be the second communication device, that is, the EASDF under the second operator.
  • the first rule may be configured and obtained by the third communication device based on information obtained from other devices upon receiving the first request.
  • the third communication device may include the following steps:
  • the third communication device sends a second request, and the second request is used to request to obtain the second information
  • the third communication device receives the second response, and the second response contains the second information
  • the third communication device configures the first rule according to the second information.
  • the third communication device When the third communication device receives the first request, it may not be able to generate DNS processing rules based on the FQDN in the DNS query. In this case, when the third communication device receives the first request, it may send a third request.
  • the third please is used to request the second information.
  • the second information may include at least one of the following:
  • PLMN ID is the PLMN ID of the operator that can resolve FQDN
  • the address information of the network element that can resolve the FQDN and/or the PLMN ID to which the network element belongs.
  • the third communication device may receive a second response to the second request.
  • the second response may include the above-mentioned second information.
  • the third communication device may configure the first rule according to the second information in the second response.
  • the first rule may indicate that when the communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID receives a DNS query containing a specific FQDN, it needs to send the DNS query to the communication device under the second operator (such as deployed on the second PLMN EASDF or V-EASDF) under the operator corresponding to the ID is parsed, and the specific FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the second request may be: Nnef_EASDeployment_Subscribe; after NEF receives the second request, it may also execute Nudr_DM_Query Request to obtain the second information from the UDR;
  • the second response may be: UDR sends Nudr_DM_Query Response to NEF, and NEF sends Nnef_EASDeployment_Notify to SMF.
  • the third communication device may send the second request to the Network Exposure Function (NEF).
  • NEF Network Exposure Function
  • the third communication device may receive the Receive second response.
  • the second information in the second response can be obtained by NEF from the Unified Data Repository (UDR).
  • the second information in the UDR is provided by the application function (Application Function, AF) and is prepared by AF through NEF. Store in UDR.
  • the third communication device may optionally include the following steps:
  • the third communication device receives the first information, and the first information includes the DNAI and/or the IP address or identification of the second UPF;
  • the third communication device selects a user plane according to the first information.
  • the DNAI in the first information can be used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to select the user plane, and the DNAI is determined based on the EAS IP address and/or FQDN in the DNS response.
  • the second UPF is the UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the IP address or identification of the second UPF can be used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to establish a PDU session to the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • Two UPFs are determined based on DNAI.
  • the third communication device receives the first information, which may be that the third communication device receives the first information from the first communication device, and/or the third communication device receives the first information from the fourth communication device.
  • the first communication device is a communication device deployed under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, which may be EASDF or H-EASDF.
  • the fourth communication device is a communication device deployed under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, which may be SMF or V -SMF.
  • the first information may be received by the first communication device from the second communication device and sent to the third communication device, and the second communication device is deployed
  • the communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID may be EASDF or V-EASDF.
  • EASDF EASDF
  • V-EASDF V-EASDF
  • the third communication device receives the first information from the fourth communication device
  • the first information can be determined by the fourth communication device according to the EAS IP address and/or FQDN in the DNS response.
  • the specific implementation method can be seen in Figure 5
  • the specific implementation of the corresponding steps in the embodiment is shown, and the description will not be repeated here.
  • the third communication device may include at least one of the following:
  • the third communication device selects the first UPF and/or UL CL uplink splitter under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID according to the first information;
  • the third communication device selects the second UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID according to the first information, or the third communication device triggers the target network element under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID to select the second UPF according to the first information.
  • the target network element includes a fourth communication device.
  • the fourth communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the fourth communication device may be deployed under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. V-SMF, or SMF.
  • the third communication device can select the first UPF under the first operator, and the first UPF is used to establish a PDU session or IP route to the resolved EAS IP address; or , based on the first information, the third communication device can select the first UPF under the first operator, and the first UPF is used to establish PDU session to second UPF or IP route, or N9 tunnel.
  • the third communication device needs to select the first UPF, the second UPF and the UL CL according to the first information, or select according to the first information.
  • the first UPF and UL CL trigger the target network element under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID to select the second UPF.
  • the third communication device can select the first UPF and/or UL CL according to the first information without selecting the second UPF or triggering the second PLMN ID. Select the second UPF for the target network element under the corresponding operator.
  • the third communication device may also perform the following steps:
  • the third communication device sends a third request, and the third request is used to request to establish or update a PDU session within the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID; the third request may be: Nsmf_PDUSession_Create Request or Nsmf_PDUSession_Update Request.
  • the third request may also include at least one of the following:
  • DNAI this DNAI can be used by the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID to select the user plane.
  • the DNAI corresponds to the DNAI under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID or the second PLMN ID;
  • the core network tunnel information CN Tunnel Info corresponding to the PSA under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, such as N9 tunnel information, can also be the core network tunnel information of the first UPF.
  • the N9 tunnel information includes at least one of the following: N9 tunnel identifier, N9 tunnel address.
  • the third communication device receives a third response.
  • the third response includes the IP address and/or the second PLMN ID of the second communication device.
  • the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the third response may be: Nsmf_PDUSession_Create Response or Nsmf_PDUSession_Update Response.
  • the third communication device sends the third request.
  • the third communication device may send the third request after selecting the user plane according to the first information. That is, the third communication device sends the third request when the third communication device selects the user plane according to the first information. After selecting the user interface.
  • the third communication device sends the third request, which may be the third communication device sending the third request to the fourth communication device.
  • the fourth communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. Specifically, it may be an SMF or V-SMF deployed under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the third communication device receives the third response, which may be the third communication device receiving the third response from the fourth communication device. That is, when the third communication device wants to establish or update a PDU session within the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, it can send a third request to the fourth communication device. After receiving the third request, the fourth communication device can determine the third communication device.
  • the IP of the second communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID address and/or the second PLMN ID, and then sending the IP address and/or the second PLMN ID of the second communication device to the third communication device, and the third communication device may receive the IP address of the second communication device from the fourth communication device and/or second PLMN ID.
  • the third response received by the third communication device may also include third information, and the third information may include at least one of the following:
  • this DNAI can be used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to select the user plane, and the DNAI corresponds to the DNAI under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID;
  • the core network tunnel information CN Tunnel Info corresponding to the PSA under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, such as N9 tunnel information, can also be the core network tunnel information of the second UPF.
  • the N9 tunnel information includes at least one of the following: N9 tunnel identifier, N9 tunnel address.
  • the third communication device can establish or update a PDU session within the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID according to the third information in the third response, thereby achieving the purpose of cross-operator access to the EAS.
  • the DNS query of the terminal is forwarded to the terminal corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the communication equipment under the operator can obtain the IP address of the edge application server that needs to be accessed, so that the terminal can access the edge application server across operators.
  • the fourth communication device when it receives the third request, it can select the second UPF according to the information contained in the third request, for example, perform user plane selection according to DNAI; and then select the second UPF included in the third request.
  • the core network tunnel information CN Tunnel Info corresponding to the PSA under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID is configured on the second UPF.
  • the configuration method is through the N4 process, such as N4session establishment request or N4session modification request.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a DNS query method 500, which can be executed by the fourth communication device.
  • the DNS query method can be executed by software or hardware installed in the fourth communication terminal.
  • the DNS query method includes the following steps.
  • the fourth communication device receives a DNS response.
  • the fourth communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the DNS response includes the FQDN and the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN.
  • the terminal When the terminal under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID wants to access the EAS under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, the terminal can send a DNS query, and the DNS query can include the EAS under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the fourth communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID can receive the pin The DNS response to this DNS query.
  • the fourth communication device may be an SMF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and may be a V-SMF or an SMF.
  • the fourth communication device receives the DNS query, which may be the fourth communication device receiving the DNS query from the second communication device.
  • the first communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID can receive the DNS request. Since the FQDN in the DNS query is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the first communication device is the communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, the FQDN cannot be resolved. Therefore, the first communication device can The DNS request is sent to the second communication device according to the first rule so that the second communication device can process or resolve the FQDN in the DNS query.
  • the second communication device can query the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN from the DNS server, and then send a DNS response to the fourth communication device.
  • the fourth communication device can receive the DNS response from the second communication device.
  • the first communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the first communication device may be an EASDF, and the EASDF may be an EASDF deployed under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. or H-EASDF.
  • the specific implementation method for the first communication device to send the DNS query to the second communication device according to the first rule can refer to the embodiment shown in Figure 2, and the description will not be repeated here.
  • the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the second communication device may be an EASDF.
  • the EASDF may be an EASDF or V deployed under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. -EASDF.
  • the specific implementation method of the second communication device performing a DNS query and sending a DNS response can be referred to the embodiment shown in Figure 2, and the description will not be repeated here.
  • the FQDN included in the DNS query is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the DNS query is used to request the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN.
  • the FQDN included in the DNS query can satisfy at least one of the following:
  • FQDN is the domain name that the equipment under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID can process or resolve
  • the equipment under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID cannot resolve the FQDN.
  • the device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID that can process or resolve the FQDN may be the EASDF under the operator, that is, it may be the second communication device.
  • the fourth communication device determines the first information according to the DNS response, and the first information includes the DNAI and/or the IP address or identification of the second UPF.
  • the first information may also include core network tunnel information CN Tunnel Info corresponding to the PSA or UPF (ie, the second UPF) under the operator corresponding to the selected second PLMN ID, such as N9 tunnel information.
  • the N9 tunnel information includes at least one of the following: N9 tunnel identifier, N9 tunnel address.
  • the fourth communication device may determine the first information according to the DNS response.
  • the first information may include DNAI and/or the IP address or identification of the second UPF, and DNAI may be used for the first PLMN ID pair.
  • the corresponding operator performs user plane selection.
  • the second UPF is the UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the IP address or identification of the second UPF is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to establish a PDU session to the second The operator corresponding to the PLMN ID.
  • the fourth communication device determines the first information based on the DNS response, which may include at least one of the following:
  • the fourth communication device determines the DNAI according to the EAS IP address and/or FQDN in the DNS response; the fourth communication device determines the second UPF according to the DNAI.
  • the fourth communication device can also determine the core network tunnel information CN Tunnel Info corresponding to the second UPF, such as N9 tunnel information.
  • the N9 tunnel information includes at least one of the following: N9 tunnel identifier, N9 tunnel address.
  • the fourth communication device may only determine the DNAI based on the EAS IP address and/or FQDN without selecting the second UPF.
  • the second UPF may be determined by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the third communication device under the third communication device makes a selection or the third communication device triggers the target network element under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID to select the second UPF.
  • the fourth communication device can also determine the DNAI based on the EAS IP address and/or FQDN, and select the second UPF. In this case, the third communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID may not need Make the selection of the second UPF.
  • S506 The fourth communication device sends the first information.
  • the fourth communication device may send the first information to other devices.
  • the fourth communication device sends the first information, which may include:
  • the fourth communication device sends the first information to the second communication device, and the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID; the signaling for sending the first information may be at least one of the following: Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Request, Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Response, Neasdf_DNSContext_Update Request, Neasdf_DNSContext_Update Response.
  • the fourth communication device sends the first information to the third communication device, and the third communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the signaling for sending the first information may be at least one of the following:
  • the second communication device may be an EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the third communication device may be an SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the third communication device may select a user plane according to the first information.
  • the fourth communication device sends the first information to the second communication device
  • the second communication device may send the first information to the first communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, and then the first communication device The device sends the first information to the third communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the third communication device can select a user plane according to the first information.
  • the fourth communication device may also perform the following steps:
  • the fourth communication device receives the third request, and the third request is used to request to establish or update a PDU session within the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
  • the fourth communication device sends a third response.
  • the third response includes the IP address of the second communication device and the second PLMN ID.
  • the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the third request may be: Nsmf_PDUSession_Create Request or Nsmf_PDUSession_Update Request.
  • the third request may also include at least one of the following:
  • DNAI this DNAI can be used by the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID to select the user plane.
  • the DNAI corresponds to the DNAI under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID or the second PLMN ID;
  • the core network tunnel information CN Tunnel Info corresponding to the PSA under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, such as N9 tunnel information, can also be the core network tunnel information of the first UPF.
  • the N9 tunnel information includes at least one of the following: N9 tunnel identifier, N9 tunnel address.
  • the third response may be: Nsmf_PDUSession_Create Response or Nsmf_PDUSession_Update Response.
  • the fourth communication device may receive the third request after sending the first information, that is, the fourth communication device receives the third request when the fourth communication device sends the third request. After one message.
  • the fourth communication device receives the third request, which may be the fourth communication device receiving the third request from the third communication device.
  • the third communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. Specifically, it may be an SMF or H-SMF deployed under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the fourth communication device sends the third response, which may be the fourth communication device sending the third response to the third communication device. That is, when the third communication device wants to establish or update a PDU session in the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, it can send a third request to the fourth communication device.
  • the fourth communication device can determine the third communication device. The IP address and/or the second PLMN ID of the second communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and then the IP address and/or the second PLMN ID of the second communication device are sent to the third communication device.
  • the third response sent by the fourth communication device may also include third information, and the third information may include at least one of the following:
  • DNAI is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to select the user plane, and DNAI corresponds to the DNAI under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID;
  • the local PSA IP address under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID can also be the IP address or ID of the second UPF;
  • the core network tunnel information CN Tunnel Info corresponding to the PSA under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, such as N9 tunnel information, can also be the core network tunnel information of the second UPF.
  • the N9 tunnel information includes at least one of the following: N9 tunnel identifier, N9 tunnel address.
  • the third communication device can establish or update a PDU session in the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID according to the third information in the third response, so that cross-platform communication can be achieved.
  • the DNS query of the terminal is forwarded to the terminal corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the communication equipment under the operator can obtain the IP address of the edge application server that needs to be accessed, so that the terminal can access the edge application server across operators.
  • Embodiment 1 The SMF (or H-SMF) under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID configures and feeds back the first rule (to the second PLMN) to the EASDF (or H-EASDF) under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. Processing rules for domain names under the operator corresponding to the ID)
  • Step 1 AF provides the second information to NEF.
  • the second information includes at least one of the following:
  • PLMN ID is the PLMN ID of the operator that can resolve FQDN
  • the address information of the network element that can resolve the FQDN and/or the PLMN ID to which the network element belongs.
  • Step 2 NEF stores the second information in the UDR.
  • Step 3 SMF receives the first request from EASDF, and the first request is used to request processing rules for FQDN.
  • EASDF may send a first request to SMF after receiving a DNS query containing a specific FQDN.
  • the specific FQDN included in the DNS query is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and EASDF cannot resolve the domain name.
  • Step 4 SMF sends a second request to NEF, and the second request is used to request to obtain the second information.
  • Step 5 NEF obtains the second information from the UDR.
  • Step 6 NEF sends a second response to SMF, and the second response contains the second information.
  • Step 7 SMF configures the first rule according to the second information.
  • Step 8 SMF sends the first response to EASDF, and the first response contains the first rule.
  • SMF can configure the first rule, and when the terminal under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID needs to access EAS across operators, the SMF can feed back the first rule to EASDF so that EASDF can monitor the terminal. Sent DNS for processing.
  • Embodiment 2 Processing process of DNS query - only determine the DNAI of the roaming location
  • the DNS processing may include the following steps:
  • Step 1 The UE sends a DNS query request to the EASDF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the UE is a terminal under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, and the DNS query contains the FQDN under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • Step 2 The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID sends a first request to the SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the first request is used to request processing rules for FQDN.
  • Step 3 The SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID sends the first response to the EASDF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, and the first response contains the first rule.
  • Step 4 The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID sends a DNS query to the EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID according to the first rule.
  • the EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID can process or resolve the FQDN in the DNS query.
  • Step 5 The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID forwards the DNS query to the DNS server.
  • the DNS server is the DNS server under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • Step 6 The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID receives the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN from the DNS server.
  • Step 7 The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID sends a DNS response to the EASDF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the DNS response contains the FQDN in the DNS query and the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN.
  • Step 8 The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID sends a DNS response to the SMF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • Step 7 and step 8 can be performed at the same time, or step 7 is performed first and then step 8 is performed, or step 8 is performed first and then step 7 is performed. There is no specific limitation here.
  • Step 9 The SMF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID determines the DNAI based on the DNS response.
  • Step 10 The SMF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID sends the first information to the SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, and the first information includes DNAI.
  • Step 11 The SMF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID sends the first information to the EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the first information contains DNAI.
  • Step 12 The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID sends the first information to the EASDF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, and the first information includes DNAI.
  • Step 13 The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID sends the first information to the SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the first information includes DNAI.
  • steps 10 to 13 are optional. For example, only step 10 may be performed without performing steps 11 to 13, or steps 11 to 13 may be performed without step 10.
  • Step 14 The SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID performs user plane selection based on the first information.
  • the SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID selects the user plane based on the first information, it may include:
  • Embodiment 3 DNS Query Processing—Determining DNAI Roamingly and Selecting the Second UPF
  • the DNS processing may include the following steps:
  • Step 1 The UE sends a DNS query request to the EASDF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the UE is a terminal under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, and the DNS query contains the FQDN under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • Step 2 The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID sends a first request to the SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the first request is used to request processing rules for FQDN.
  • Step 3 The SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID sends the first response to the EASDF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, and the first response contains the first rule.
  • Step 4 The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID sends a DNS query to the EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID according to the first rule.
  • the EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID can process or resolve the FQDN in the DNS query.
  • Step 5 The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID forwards the DNS query to the DNS server.
  • the DNS server is the DNS server under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • Step 6 The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID receives the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN from the DNS server.
  • Step 7 The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID sends a DNS response to the EASDF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the DNS response contains the FQDN in the DNS query and the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN.
  • Step 8 The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID sends a DNS response to the SMF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • Step 7 and step 8 can be performed at the same time, or step 7 is performed first and then step 8 is performed, or step 8 is performed first and then step 7 is performed. There is no specific limitation here.
  • Step 9 The SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID determines the DNAI based on the DNS response and selects the second UPF based on the DNAI.
  • Step 10 The SMF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID sends the first information to the SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the first information includes the DNAI and the address or identification of the second UPF.
  • Step 11 The SMF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID sends the first information to the EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the first information includes the DNAI and the address or identification of the second UPF.
  • Step 12 The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID sends the first information to the EASDF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the first information includes the DNAI and the address or identification of the second UPF.
  • Step 13 The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID sends the first information to the SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the first information includes the DNAI and the address or identification of the second UPF.
  • steps 10 to 13 are optional. For example, only step 10 may be performed without performing steps 11 to 13, or steps 11 to 13 may be performed without step 10.
  • Step 14 The SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID performs user plane selection based on the first information.
  • the SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID selects the user plane based on the first information, it may include:
  • Embodiment 4 PDU session establishment process
  • Step 1 The SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID sends a third request to the SMF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the third request is used to request establishment or update within the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. PDU session.
  • Step 2 The SMF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID determines the IP address and/or the second PLMN ID of the EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • Step 3 The SMF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID sends a third response to the SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the third response contains the IP address of the EASDF and/or the second PLMN ID.
  • Step 4 The SMF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID sends the third information to the SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the third information includes at least one of the following:
  • DNAI is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to select the user plane, and DNAI corresponds to the DNAI under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID;
  • the third information may be carried in the third response.
  • Step 5 The SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID establishes or updates a PDU session with the SMF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID based on the third response and the third information.
  • the DNS query of the terminal is forwarded to the terminal corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the communication equipment under the operator can obtain the IP address of the edge application server that needs to be accessed, so that the terminal can access the edge application server across operators.
  • the execution subject may be a DNS query device.
  • the DNS query method performed by the DNS query device is used as an example to illustrate the DNS query device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a DNS query device according to an embodiment of the present application. This device may correspond to the first communication device in other embodiments. As shown in Figure 10, the device 1000 includes the following modules.
  • the receiving module 1001 is configured to receive a domain name system DNS query, the DNS query includes the fully qualified domain name FQDN, and the first communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first public land mobile network PLMN ID, and the FQDN It is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
  • the sending module 1002 is configured to send the DNS query to a second communication device, where the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the sending module 1002 is used to:
  • the DNS query is sent to the second communication device according to a first rule
  • the first rule is a processing rule for the FQDN
  • the first rule is used to instruct the DNS query containing the FQDN to be sent to the second communication device.
  • Second communication device Second communication device.
  • the sending module 1002 is also configured to send a first request, where the first request is used to request processing rules for the FQDN;
  • the receiving module 1001 is also configured to receive a first response, where the first response contains the first rule.
  • the sending module 1002 is configured to send the first request to a third communication device.
  • the third communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. ;
  • the receiving module 1001 is configured to receive the first response from the third communication device.
  • the FQDN is a domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, including at least one of the following:
  • the FQDN is a domain name that can be processed or resolved by the equipment of the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
  • the equipment under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID cannot resolve the FQDN.
  • the first rule is also used to indicate the address information of the second communication device
  • the sending module 1002 is also used for:
  • the DNS query is sent according to the address information indicated by the first rule.
  • the receiving module 1001 is also used to:
  • the DNS response includes the FQDN and the edge application server Internet Protocol EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN.
  • the receiving module 1001 is also used to:
  • the DNS response is received from a second communication device, which is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the receiving module 1001 is also configured to receive first information, where the first information includes the data network access identifier DNAI and/or the IP address or identification of the second user plane UPF;
  • the sending module 1002 is also used to send the first information
  • the DNAI is used for user plane selection by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, the DNAI is determined based on the EAS IP address and/or the FQDN in the DNS response, and the second UPF For the UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, the IP address or identification of the second UPF is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to establish a protocol data unit PDU session to the second PLMN. The operator corresponding to the ID, the second UPF is determined based on the DNAI.
  • the receiving module 1001 is also used to:
  • the first information is received from a second communication device, which is a communication device under an operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the sending module 1002 is also used to:
  • the third communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the device 1000 according to the embodiment of the present application can refer to the process of the method 200 corresponding to the embodiment of the present application, and each unit/module in the device 1000 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are respectively to implement the corresponding process in the method 200, And can achieve the same or equivalent technical effects. For the sake of simplicity, they will not be described again here.
  • FIG 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a DNS query device according to an embodiment of the present application. This device may correspond to the second communication device in other embodiments. As shown in Figure 11, the device 1100 includes the following modules.
  • the receiving module 1101 is used to receive a DNS query.
  • the DNS query is sent by a first communication device.
  • the first communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the DNS query contains the FQDN, so The FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the second communication device is the communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
  • the sending module 1102 is used to forward the DNS query to the DNS server to obtain the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN.
  • the FQDN is a domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, including at least one of the following:
  • the FQDN is a domain name that can be processed or resolved by the equipment of the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
  • the equipment under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID cannot resolve the FQDN.
  • the sending module 1102 is also used to:
  • the DNS query response includes the FQDN and the EAS IP address.
  • the sending module 1102 is used for at least one of the following:
  • the fourth communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID
  • the DNS response is used to under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID User interface selection.
  • the receiving module 1101 is configured to receive first information, where the first information includes DNAI and/or the IP address or identification of the second UPF;
  • the sending module 1102 is used to send the first information
  • the DNAI is used for user plane selection by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, the DNAI is determined based on the EAS IP address and/or the FQDN in the DNS response, and the second UPF For the UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, the IP address or identification of the second UPF is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to establish a protocol data unit PDU session to the second PLMN. The operator corresponding to the ID, the second UPF is determined based on the DNAI.
  • the receiving module 1101 is used to:
  • the first information is received from a fourth communication device, which is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the sending module 1102 is used to:
  • the device 1100 according to the embodiment of the present application can refer to the process corresponding to the method 300 of the embodiment of the present application, and each unit/module in the device 1100 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are respectively to implement the corresponding process in the method 300, And can achieve the same or equivalent technical effects. For the sake of simplicity, they will not be described again here.
  • FIG 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a DNS query device according to an embodiment of the present application. This device may correspond to a third communication device in other embodiments. As shown in Figure 12, the device 1200 includes the following modules.
  • the receiving module 1201 is used to receive a first request.
  • the first request is used to request processing rules for FQDN.
  • the FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the third communication device is the first Communication equipment under the operator corresponding to the PLMN ID;
  • Sending module 1202 configured to send a first response, the first response includes a first rule, the first rule is a processing rule for the FQDN, and the first rule is used to indicate that the DNS containing the FQDN will be Inquiries sent to A second communication device, the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the FQDN is a domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, including at least one of the following:
  • the FQDN is a domain name that can be processed or resolved by the equipment of the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
  • the equipment under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID cannot resolve the FQDN.
  • the receiving module 1201 is used to:
  • the first request is received from a first communication device, which is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the first request is received by the first communication device after receiving DNS Sent in case of query, the DNS query contains the FQDN;
  • the sending module 1202 is used for:
  • the first rule is also used to indicate the address information of the second communication device.
  • the device 1200 also includes a configuration module 1203, wherein:
  • the sending module 1202 is used to send a second request, and the second request is used to request to obtain second information;
  • the receiving module 1201 is configured to receive a second response, where the second response contains the second information
  • the configuration module 1203 is used to configure the first rule according to the second information
  • the second information includes at least one of the following:
  • the address information of the network element that can resolve the FQDN and/or the PLMN ID to which the network element belongs.
  • the sending module 1202 is used to:
  • the receiving module 1201 is used for:
  • the second response is received from the NEF.
  • the second information is obtained by the NEF from the unified data storage UDR, the second information is provided by the application function AF and is pre-stored by the AF to the NEF through the NEF. described in the UDR.
  • the device 1200 further includes a determining module 1204, wherein:
  • the receiving module 1201 is also configured to receive first information, where the first information includes DNAI and/or the IP address or identification of the second UPF;
  • the determination module 1204 is used to select a user plane according to the first information
  • the DNAI is used for user plane selection by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, the DNAI is determined based on the EAS IP address and/or the FQDN in the DNS response, and the second UPF For the UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, the IP address or identification of the second UPF is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to establish a PDU session to the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. Operator, the second UPF is determined based on the DNAI.
  • the determination module 1204 is used for at least one of the following:
  • the target network element includes a fourth communication device, and the fourth communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the receiving module 1201 is also used for at least one of the following:
  • the third communication device receives the first information from the first communication device
  • the third communication device receives the first information from a fourth communication device, and the fourth communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the sending module 1202 is also configured to send a third request, where the third request is used to request the establishment or update of a PDU session within the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
  • the receiving module 1201 is also configured to receive a third response, where the third response includes the IP address of a second communication device and/or the second PLMN ID, and the second communication device is the second PLMN.
  • the communication device under the operator corresponding to the ID.
  • the sending module 1202 is used to:
  • the receiving module 1201 is used for:
  • the third response is received from the fourth communications device.
  • the third response also includes third information, and the third information includes at least one of the following:
  • DNAI the DNAI is used for user plane selection by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, and the DNAI corresponds to the DNAI under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID;
  • the device 1200 can refer to the process corresponding to the method 400 of the embodiment of the present application, and each unit/module and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions in the device 1200 are respectively to implement the corresponding process in the method 400, And can achieve the same or equivalent technical effects. For the sake of simplicity, they will not be described again here.
  • FIG 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a DNS query device according to an embodiment of the present application. This device may correspond to the fourth communication device in other embodiments. As shown in Figure 13, the device 1300 includes the following modules.
  • the receiving module 1301 is used to receive a DNS response.
  • the fourth communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the DNS response includes the FQDN and the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN;
  • Determining module 1302 configured to determine first information according to the DNS response, where the first information includes DNAI and/or the IP address or identification of the second UPF;
  • the DNAI is used for user plane selection by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID
  • the second UPF is the UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID
  • the IP address of the second UPF or The identifier is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to establish a PDU session to the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the receiving module 1301 is used to:
  • the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID
  • the EAS IP address is obtained by the second communication device forwarding a DNS query to a DNS server
  • the DNS The query is sent by the first communication device, which is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, and the DNS query includes the FQDN.
  • the FQDN is a domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, including at least one of the following:
  • the FQDN is a domain name that can be processed or resolved by the equipment of the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
  • the equipment under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID cannot resolve the FQDN.
  • the determination module 1302 is used for at least one of the following:
  • the second UPF is determined based on the DNAI.
  • the sending module 1303 is used to:
  • the third communication device is a communication device under an operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the receiving module 1301 is also configured to receive a third request, where the third request is used to request to establish or update a PDU session within the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
  • the sending module 1303 is also used to send a third response.
  • the third response includes the IP address of the second communication device and the second PLMN ID.
  • the second communication device corresponds to the second PLMN ID. communications equipment under the operator.
  • the receiving module 1301 is used to:
  • the sending module 1303 is used for:
  • the third response also includes third information, and the third information includes at least one of the following:
  • DNAI the DNAI is used for user plane selection by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, and the DNAI corresponds to the DNAI under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID;
  • the core network tunnel information corresponding to the PSA under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID is not limited to the PSA.
  • the device 1300 according to the embodiment of the present application can refer to the process corresponding to the method 500 of the embodiment of the present application, and each unit/module and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions in the device 1300 are respectively to implement the corresponding process in the method 500, And can achieve the same or equivalent technical effects. For the sake of simplicity, they will not be described again here.
  • the DNS query device in the embodiment of the present application may be an electronic device, such as an electronic device with an operating system, or may be a component in the electronic device, such as an integrated circuit or chip.
  • the electronic device may be a terminal or other devices other than the terminal.
  • terminals may include but are not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and other devices may be servers, network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of this application.
  • NAS Network Attached Storage
  • the DNS query device provided by the embodiments of the present application can implement each process implemented by the method embodiments of Figures 2 to 9, and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid duplication, the details will not be described here.
  • this embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1400, including a processor m01 and a memory 1402.
  • the memory 1402 stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor 1401, for example , when the communication device 1400 is the first communication device, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 1401, each step of the DNS query method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 is implemented, and the same technical effect can be achieved.
  • the communication device 1400 When it is a second communication device, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 1401, the DNS query method shown in Figure 3 is implemented. Each step of the method embodiment can achieve the same technical effect.
  • each step of the DNS query method embodiment shown in Figure 4 is implemented. steps, and can achieve the same technical effect.
  • the communication device 1400 is the fourth communication device, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 1401, each step of the DNS query method embodiment shown in Figure 5 is implemented, and can achieve The same technical effects are not repeated here to avoid repetition.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a communication device, including a processor and a communication interface.
  • the communication interface is used to receive a domain name system DNS query.
  • the DNS query includes a fully qualified domain name FQDN.
  • the communication device is the first public land mobile network.
  • the communication device under the operator corresponding to the PLMN ID the FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID; sending the DNS query to the second communication device, the second communication device is the domain name corresponding to the second PLMN ID A communication device under the operator; or, the communication interface is used to receive a DNS query, the DNS query is sent by the first communication device, and the first communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, so
  • the DNS query includes FQDN, the FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the communication device is the communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID; forward the DNS query to DNS
  • the server obtains the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN; or, the communication interface is used to receive the first request, the first request is used to request the processing rules for the FQDN, and the FQDN is the operator under the corresponding second PLMN ID.
  • the communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID; send a first response, the first response contains a first rule, and the first rule is the processing rule of the FQDN,
  • the first rule is used to instruct the DNS query containing the FQDN to be sent to a second communication device, and the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID; or, the communication interface is used to receive DNS response, the communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, the DNS response includes the FQDN and the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN;
  • the processor is used to determine the first response according to the DNS response Information, the first information includes DNAI and/or the IP address or identification of the second UPF; the communication interface is used to send the first information; wherein the DNAI is used for the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to conduct user plane Select, the second UPF is the UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the IP
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a communication device that implements an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal 1500 includes but is not limited to: a radio frequency unit 1501, a network module 1502, an audio output unit 1503, an input unit 1504, a sensor 1505, a display unit 1506, a user input unit 1507, an interface unit 1508, a memory 1509, a processor 1510, etc. At least some parts.
  • the terminal 1500 may also include a power supply (such as a battery) that supplies power to various components.
  • the power supply may be logically connected to the processor 1510 through a power management system, thereby managing charging, discharging, and power consumption through the power management system. Management and other functions.
  • the terminal structure shown in FIG. 15 does not constitute a limitation on the terminal.
  • the terminal may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or some components may be combined or arranged differently, which will not be described again here.
  • the input unit 1504 may include a graphics processing unit (GPU) 15041 and a microphone 15042.
  • the GPU 15041 is used for recording data by an image capture device (such as a camera) in the video capture mode or the image capture mode.
  • the image data obtained from still pictures or videos is processed.
  • the display unit 1506 may include a display panel 15061, which may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display, an organic light emitting diode, or the like.
  • the user input unit 1507 includes a touch panel 15071 and at least one of other input devices 15072 .
  • Touch panel 15071 also known as touch screen.
  • the touch panel 15071 may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller.
  • Other input devices 15072 may include but are not limited to physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control keys, switch keys, etc.), trackballs, mice, and joysticks, which will not be described again here.
  • the radio frequency unit 1501 can transmit it to the processor 1510 for processing; in addition, the radio frequency unit 1501 can send uplink data to the network side device.
  • the radio frequency unit 1501 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, amplifier, transceiver, coupler, low noise amplifier, duplexer, etc.
  • Memory 1509 may be used to store software programs or instructions as well as various data.
  • the memory 1509 may mainly include a first storage area for storing programs or instructions and a second storage area for storing data, wherein the first storage area may store an operating system, an application program or instructions required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, Image playback function, etc.) etc.
  • memory 1509 may include volatile memory or nonvolatile memory, or memory 1509 may include both volatile and nonvolatile memory.
  • non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory.
  • Volatile memory can be random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), static random access memory (Static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (Dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDRSDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (Synch link DRAM) , SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DRRAM).
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • synchronous dynamic random access memory Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • Double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDRSDRAM
  • Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM synchronous link dynamic random access memory
  • Synch link DRAM synchronous link dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM direct memory bus random access memory
  • the processor 1510 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 1510 integrates an application processor and a debugger. Modem and demodulation processor, among which the application processor mainly processes operations involving the operating system, user interface and application programs, etc., and the modem and demodulation processor mainly processes wireless communication signals, such as baseband processor. It can be understood that the above modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 1510.
  • the radio frequency unit 1501 is used to receive a domain name system DNS query, the DNS query includes the fully qualified domain name FQDN, and the communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first public land mobile network PLMN ID, and the FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID; sends the DNS query to the second communication device, which is the communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID; or, the radio frequency unit 1501, Used to receive DNS queries.
  • the DNS queries are sent by the first communication device.
  • the first communication device is the communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • the DNS query contains the FQDN, and the FQDN is the first PLMN ID.
  • the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the communication device is the communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID; forward the DNS query to the DNS server to obtain the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN;
  • the radio frequency unit 1501 is configured to receive a first request, the first request is used to request processing rules for FQDN, the FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the communication device is the first The communication device under the operator corresponding to the PLMN ID; sends a first response, the first response contains a first rule, the first rule is a processing rule for the FQDN, and the first rule is used to indicate that the The DNS query of the FQDN is sent to a second communication device, which is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID; or, the radio frequency unit 1501 is used to receive a DNS response, and the communication device is The communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, the DNS response includes the F
  • the DNS query of the terminal is forwarded to the terminal corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  • the communication equipment under the operator can obtain the IP address of the edge application server that needs to be accessed, so that the terminal can access the edge application server across operators.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a communication device, including a processor and a communication interface.
  • the communication interface is used to receive a domain name system DNS query.
  • the DNS query includes a fully qualified domain name FQDN.
  • the communication device is the first public land mobile network.
  • a communication device under the operator corresponding to the PLMN ID, and the FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID; sending the DNS query to the second communication device, the second communication device being the second PLMN ID a communication device under the corresponding operator; or, the communication interface is used to receive a DNS query, the DNS query is sent by a first communication device, and the first communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID,
  • the DNS query includes FQDN, the FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the communication device is the communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID; forward the DNS query to DNS server, obtains the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN; or, the communication interface is used to receive a first request, the first request is used to request processing rules for the FQDN, and the FQDN is the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID domain name under, the communication device is a communication device under the operator
  • the first information includes DNAI and/or the IP address or identification of the second UPF; the communication interface is used to send the first information; wherein the DNAI is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to conduct user
  • the second UPF is a UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the IP address or identification of the second UPF is used to establish a PDU session to the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  • This communication device embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned communication device method embodiment. Each implementation process and implementation manner of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this communication device embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device.
  • the communication device 1600 includes: a processor 1601, a network interface 1602 and a memory 1603.
  • the network interface 1602 is, for example, a common public radio interface (CPRI).
  • CPRI common public radio interface
  • the communication device 1600 of the embodiment of the present invention also includes: instructions or programs stored in the memory 1603 and executable on the processor 1601.
  • the processor 1601 calls the instructions or programs in the memory 1603 to execute the steps shown in FIGS. 10 to 13 . It shows the execution method of each module and achieves the same technical effect. To avoid duplication, it will not be repeated here.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a readable storage medium.
  • Programs or instructions are stored on the readable storage medium.
  • the program or instructions are executed by a processor, each process of the above DNS query method embodiment is implemented, and the same can be achieved. The technical effects will not be repeated here to avoid repetition.
  • the processor is the processor in the terminal described in the above embodiment.
  • the readable storage medium includes computer readable storage media, such as computer read-only memory ROM, random access memory RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk, etc.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip.
  • the chip includes a processor and a communication interface.
  • the communication interface and The processor is coupled, and the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement each process of the above DNS query method embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid duplication, the details will not be described here.
  • chips mentioned in the embodiments of this application may also be called system-on-chip, system-on-a-chip, system-on-chip or system-on-chip, etc.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program/program product.
  • the computer program/program product is stored in a storage medium.
  • the computer program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the above DNS query method embodiment.
  • Each process can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, we will not go into details here.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a DNS query system, including: at least two of a first communication device, a second communication device, a third communication device and a fourth communication device.
  • the first communication device may be used to perform: The steps of the DNS query method shown in Figure 2.
  • the second communication device can be used to perform the steps of the DNS query method shown in Figure 3.
  • the third communication device can be used to perform the DNS query method shown in Figure 4.
  • the fourth communication device may be used to perform the steps of the DNS query method shown in Figure 5.
  • the methods of the above embodiments can be implemented by means of software plus the necessary general hardware platform. Of course, it can also be implemented by hardware, but in many cases the former is better. implementation.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a computer software product that is essentially or contributes to the existing technology.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, disk , CD), including several instructions to cause a terminal (which can be a mobile phone, computer, server, air conditioner, or network device, etc.) to execute the methods described in various embodiments of this application.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Data Exchanges In Wide-Area Networks (AREA)

Abstract

The present application belongs to the technical field of communications. Disclosed are a domain name system (DNS) query method and a communication device. The method in the embodiments of the present application comprises: a first communication device receiving a DNS query, wherein the DNS query comprises a fully qualified domain name (FQDN), the first communication device is a communication device under an operator corresponding to a first public land mobile network (PLMN) ID, and the FQDN is a domain name under an operator corresponding to a second PLMN ID; and the first communication device sending the DNS query to a second communication device, wherein the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.

Description

DNS查询方法及通信设备DNS query method and communication equipment
交叉引用cross reference
本申请要求在2022年08月09日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210952543.8、名称为“DNS查询方法及通信设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,该申请的全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the China Patent Office on August 9, 2022, with application number 202210952543.8 and titled "DNS Query Method and Communication Equipment". The entire content of this application is incorporated into this application by reference. .
技术领域Technical field
本申请属于通信技术领域,具体涉及一种DNS查询方法及通信设备。This application belongs to the field of communication technology, and specifically relates to a DNS query method and communication equipment.
背景技术Background technique
目前,运营商在为终端提供业务服务时,可以部署边缘应用服务器(Edge Application Server,EAS)靠近终端侧。边缘应用服务器可以为终端提供边缘计算的服务,当终端需要访问边缘服务器时,可以通过运营商下的基站和用户面(User Plane Function,UPF)进行访问。然而,在一些可能的应用场景下,终端所在的运营商在本地并没有部署EAS,但是同区域下的其他运营商提供了边缘计算服务,这样终端会有跨运营商访问边缘应用服务器的需求,即运营商A下的终端会有访问运营商B下的边缘应用服务器的需求,而目前还缺少一种有效的方案能够实现这样的目的。Currently, when operators provide business services to terminals, they can deploy Edge Application Server (EAS) close to the terminal side. The edge application server can provide edge computing services for terminals. When the terminal needs to access the edge server, it can access it through the base station and user plane function (UPF) under the operator. However, in some possible application scenarios, the operator where the terminal is located does not deploy EAS locally, but other operators in the same area provide edge computing services. In this way, the terminal will have the need to access the edge application server across operators. That is, terminals under operator A will need to access the edge application server under operator B. However, there is currently a lack of an effective solution to achieve this purpose.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种DNS查询方法及通信设备,能够解决终端无法跨运营商访问边缘应用服务器的问题。Embodiments of the present application provide a DNS query method and communication device, which can solve the problem of terminals being unable to access edge application servers across operators.
第一方面,提供了一种DNS查询方法,该方法包括:第一通信设备接收域名系统(Domain Name System,DNS)查询,所述DNS查询中包含全限定域名(Fully Qualified Domain Name,FQDN),所述第一通信设备为第一公用陆地移动网络(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名;所述第一通信设备向第二通信设备发送所述DNS查询,所述第二通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。 In a first aspect, a DNS query method is provided. The method includes: a first communication device receives a Domain Name System (Domain Name System, DNS) query, and the DNS query includes a fully qualified domain name (Fully Qualified Domain Name, FQDN), The first communication device is a communication device under an operator corresponding to a first Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) ID, and the FQDN is a domain name under an operator corresponding to a second PLMN ID; the third A communication device sends the DNS query to a second communication device, and the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
第二方面,提供了一种DNS查询装置,该装置包括:接收模块,用于接收域名系统DNS查询,所述DNS查询中包含全限定域名FQDN,所述第一通信设备为第一公用陆地移动网络PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名;发送模块,用于向第二通信设备发送所述DNS查询,所述第二通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。In a second aspect, a DNS query device is provided. The device includes: a receiving module, configured to receive a domain name system DNS query, where the DNS query includes the fully qualified domain name FQDN, and the first communication device is the first public land mobile The communication device under the operator corresponding to the network PLMN ID, the FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID; the sending module is used to send the DNS query to the second communication device, the second communication device It is the communication equipment under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
第三方面,提供了一种DNS查询方法,该方法包括:第二通信设备接收DNS查询,所述DNS查询由第一通信设备发送,所述第一通信设备为第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述DNS查询中包含FQDN,所述FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,所述第二通信设备为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备;所述第二通信设备转发所述DNS查询至DNS服务器,获得所述FQDN对应的EAS IP地址。In a third aspect, a DNS query method is provided. The method includes: a second communication device receiving a DNS query, the DNS query being sent by a first communication device, and the first communication device being an operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. The DNS query includes FQDN, the FQDN is the domain name of the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the second communication device is the communication equipment of the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. ; The second communication device forwards the DNS query to the DNS server to obtain the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN.
第四方面,提供了一种DNS查询装置,该装置包括:接收模块,用于接收DNS查询,所述DNS查询由第一通信设备发送,所述第一通信设备为第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述DNS查询中包含FQDN,所述FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,所述第二通信设备为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备;发送模块,用于转发所述DNS查询至DNS服务器,获得所述FQDN对应的EAS IP地址。In a fourth aspect, a DNS query device is provided. The device includes: a receiving module for receiving a DNS query. The DNS query is sent by a first communication device, and the first communication device is an operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. The communication equipment under the operator, the DNS query includes FQDN, the FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the second communication equipment is the communication under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. Device; sending module, used to forward the DNS query to the DNS server and obtain the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN.
第五方面,提供了一种DNS查询方法,该方法包括:第三通信设备接收第一请求,所述第一请求用于请求对FQDN的处理规则,所述FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,所述第三通信设备为第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备;所述第三通信设备发送第一响应,所述第一响应中包含第一规则,所述第一规则为所述FQDN的处理规则,所述第一规则用于指示将包含所述FQDN的DNS查询发送给第二通信设备,所述第二通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。In a fifth aspect, a DNS query method is provided. The method includes: a third communication device receives a first request, the first request is used to request a processing rule for an FQDN, and the FQDN is an operation corresponding to the second PLMN ID. The third communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID; the third communication device sends a first response, the first response contains a first rule, and the third communication device One rule is a processing rule for the FQDN. The first rule is used to instruct a DNS query containing the FQDN to be sent to a second communication device. The second communication device is under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. communication device.
第六方面,提供了一种DNS查询装置,该装置包括:接收模块,用于接收第一请求,所述第一请求用于请求对FQDN的处理规则,所述FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,所述第三通信设备为第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备;发送模块,用于发送第一响应,所述第一响应中包含第一规则,所述第一规则为所述FQDN的处理规则,所述第一规则用于指示将包含所述FQDN的DNS查询发送给第二通信设备,所述第二通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。In a sixth aspect, a DNS query device is provided. The device includes: a receiving module for receiving a first request. The first request is used to request a processing rule for an FQDN. The FQDN is corresponding to the second PLMN ID. The domain name under the operator, the third communication device is the communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID; the sending module is used to send the first response, the first response contains the first rule, the third One rule is a processing rule for the FQDN. The first rule is used to instruct a DNS query containing the FQDN to be sent to a second communication device. The second communication device is under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. communication device.
第七方面,提供了一种DNS查询方法,该方法包括:第四通信设备接收DNS响应,所述第四通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述DNS响应中包含FQDN以及与所述FQDN对应的EAS IP地址;所述第四通信设备根据所述DNS响应确定第一信息,所述第一信息包括DNAI和/或第二UPF的IP地址或标识;所述第四通信设 备发送所述第一信息;其中,所述DNAI用于第一PLMN ID对应的运营商进行用户面选择,所述第二UPF为所述第二PLMN ID所对应的运营商下的UPF,所述第二UPF的IP地址或标识用于所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商建立PDU会话到所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商。In a seventh aspect, a DNS query method is provided. The method includes: a fourth communication device receiving a DNS response. The fourth communication device is a communication device under an operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. The DNS response includes FQDN and the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN; the fourth communication device determines the first information according to the DNS response, the first information includes DNAI and/or the IP address or identification of the second UPF; the third Four communication equipment Prepare to send the first information; wherein, the DNAI is used for user plane selection by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, and the second UPF is the UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, so The IP address or identification of the second UPF is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to establish a PDU session to the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
第八方面,提供了一种DNS查询装置,该装置包括:接收模块,用于接收DNS响应,所述第四通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述DNS响应中包含FQDN以及与所述FQDN对应的EAS IP地址;确定模块,用于根据所述DNS响应确定第一信息,所述第一信息包括DNAI和/或第二UPF的IP地址或标识;发送模块,用于发送所述第一信息;其中,所述DNAI用于第一PLMN ID对应的运营商进行用户面选择,所述第二UPF为所述第二PLMN ID所对应的运营商下的UPF,所述第二UPF的IP地址或标识用于所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商建立PDU会话到所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商。In an eighth aspect, a DNS query device is provided. The device includes: a receiving module for receiving a DNS response. The fourth communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. In the DNS response Contains FQDN and the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN; a determination module, used to determine the first information according to the DNS response, the first information includes the IP address or identification of the DNAI and/or the second UPF; the sending module, Used to send the first information; wherein the DNAI is used for user plane selection by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, and the second UPF is the UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, The IP address or identification of the second UPF is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to establish a PDU session to the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
第九方面,提供了一种通信设备,该终端包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤,或者实现如第三方面所述的方法的步骤,或者实现如第五方面所述的方法的步骤,或者实现如第七方面所述的方法的步骤。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided. The terminal includes a processor and a memory. The memory stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor. When the program or instructions are executed by the processor, the following is implemented: The steps of the method described in the first aspect, or the steps of implementing the method described in the third aspect, or the steps of the method described in the fifth aspect, or the steps of the method described in the seventh aspect.
第十方面,提供了一种通信设备,包括处理器及通信接口,其中,所述通信接口用于接收域名系统DNS查询,所述DNS查询中包含全限定域名FQDN,所述通信设备为第一公用陆地移动网络PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名;向第二通信设备发送所述DNS查询,所述第二通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备;或,所述通信接口用于接收DNS查询,所述DNS查询由第一通信设备发送,所述第一通信设备为第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述DNS查询中包含FQDN,所述FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,所述通信设备为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备;转发所述DNS查询至DNS服务器,获得所述FQDN对应的EAS IP地址;或,所述通信接口用于接收第一请求,所述第一请求用于请求对FQDN的处理规则,所述FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,所述通信设备为第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备;发送第一响应,所述第一响应中包含第一规则,所述第一规则为所述FQDN的处理规则,所述第一规则用于指示将包含所述FQDN的DNS查询发送给第二通信设备,所述第二通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备;或,所述通信接口用于接收DNS响应,所述通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述DNS响应中包含FQDN以及与 所述FQDN对应的EAS IP地址;所述处理器用于根据所述DNS响应确定第一信息,所述第一信息包括DNAI和/或第二UPF的IP地址或标识;所述通信接口用于发送所述第一信息;其中,所述DNAI用于第一PLMN ID对应的运营商进行用户面选择,所述第二UPF为所述第二PLMN ID所对应的运营商下的UPF,所述第二UPF的IP地址或标识用于所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商建立PDU会话到所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商。In a tenth aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used to receive a domain name system DNS query, the DNS query includes a fully qualified domain name FQDN, and the communication device is the first A communication device under the operator corresponding to the public land mobile network PLMN ID, and the FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID; sending the DNS query to the second communication device, the second communication device is the first A communication device under an operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID; or, the communication interface is used to receive a DNS query, the DNS query is sent by a first communication device, and the first communication device is an operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID The communication device under, the DNS query includes FQDN, the FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, the communication device is the communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID; forwarding The DNS queries the DNS server to obtain the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN; or, the communication interface is used to receive a first request, and the first request is used to request processing rules for the FQDN, and the FQDN is the first Domain names under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID; sending a first response, where the first response contains a first rule, and the first rule is a processing rule for the FQDN, and the first rule is used to instruct a DNS query containing the FQDN to be sent to a second communication device. The second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. ; Or, the communication interface is used to receive a DNS response, the communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the DNS response includes the FQDN and the The EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN; the processor is used to determine the first information according to the DNS response, the first information includes DNAI and/or the IP address or identification of the second UPF; the communication interface is used to send The first information; wherein the DNAI is used for user plane selection by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, the second UPF is the UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the third The IP address or identification of the second UPF is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to establish a PDU session to the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
第十一方面,提供了一种DNS查询系统,包括:第一通信设备、第二通信设备、第三通信设备和第四通信设备中的至少两个,所述第一通信设备可用于执行如第一方面所述的DNS查询方法的步骤,所述第二通信设备可用于执行如第三方面所述的DNS查询方法的步骤,所述第三通信设备可用于执行如第五方面所述的DNS查询方法的步骤,所述第四通信设备可用于执行如第七方面所述的DNS查询方法的步骤。In an eleventh aspect, a DNS query system is provided, including: at least two of a first communication device, a second communication device, a third communication device and a fourth communication device, the first communication device being operable to perform: The steps of the DNS query method described in the first aspect, the second communication device can be used to perform the steps of the DNS query method described in the third aspect, and the third communication device can be used to perform the steps of the DNS query method described in the fifth aspect. The steps of the DNS query method, the fourth communication device may be used to perform the steps of the DNS query method described in the seventh aspect.
第十二方面,提供了一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质上存储程序或指令,所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤,或者实现如第三方面所述的方法的步骤,或者实现如第五方面所述的方法的步骤,或者实现如第七方面所述的方法的步骤。In a twelfth aspect, a readable storage medium is provided. Programs or instructions are stored on the readable storage medium. When the programs or instructions are executed by a processor, the steps of the method described in the first aspect are implemented, or the steps of the method are implemented. The steps of the method described in the third aspect, or the steps of implementing the method described in the fifth aspect, or the steps of the method described in the seventh aspect.
第十三方面,提供了一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于运行程序或指令,实现如第一方面所述的方法,或实现如第三方面所述的方法,或实现如第五方面所述的方法,或实现如第七方面所述的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, a chip is provided. The chip includes a processor and a communication interface. The communication interface is coupled to the processor. The processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the method described in the first aspect. Method, or implement the method as described in the third aspect, or implement the method as described in the fifth aspect, or implement the method as described in the seventh aspect.
第十四方面,提供了一种计算机程序/程序产品,所述计算机程序/程序产品被存储在存储介质中,所述计算机程序/程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现如第一方面所述的DNS查询方法的步骤,或实现如第三方面所述的DNS查询方法的步骤,或实现如第五方面所述的DNS查询方法的步骤,或实现如第七方面所述的DNS查询方法的步骤。In a fourteenth aspect, a computer program/program product is provided, the computer program/program product is stored in a storage medium, and the computer program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement as described in the first aspect The steps of the DNS query method, or the steps of implementing the DNS query method as described in the third aspect, or the steps of implementing the DNS query method as described in the fifth aspect, or the steps of implementing the DNS query method as described in the seventh aspect step.
在本申请实施例中,当第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的终端需要访问第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的边缘应用服务器时,通过将终端的DNS查询转发给第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备进行处理,可以获得需要访问的边缘应用服务器的IP地址,从而使得终端能够跨运营商访问边缘应用服务器。In the embodiment of this application, when the terminal under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID needs to access the edge application server under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, the DNS query of the terminal is forwarded to the terminal corresponding to the second PLMN ID. The communication equipment under the operator can obtain the IP address of the edge application server that needs to be accessed, so that the terminal can access the edge application server across operators.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是根据本申请实施例的无线通信系统的示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present application;
图2是根据本申请实施例的DNS查询方法的示意性流程图;Figure 2 is a schematic flow chart of a DNS query method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3是根据本申请实施例的DNS查询方法的示意性流程图; Figure 3 is a schematic flow chart of a DNS query method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4是根据本申请实施例的DNS查询方法的示意性流程图;Figure 4 is a schematic flow chart of a DNS query method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5是根据本申请实施例的DNS查询方法的示意性流程图;Figure 5 is a schematic flow chart of a DNS query method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6是根据本申请实施例的DNS查询方法的示意性流程图;Figure 6 is a schematic flow chart of a DNS query method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图7是根据本申请实施例的DNS查询方法的示意性流程图;Figure 7 is a schematic flow chart of a DNS query method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图8是根据本申请实施例的DNS查询方法的示意性流程图;Figure 8 is a schematic flow chart of a DNS query method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图9是根据本申请实施例的DNS查询方法的示意性流程图;Figure 9 is a schematic flow chart of a DNS query method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图10是根据本申请实施例的DNS查询装置的结构示意图;Figure 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a DNS query device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图11是根据本申请实施例的DNS查询装置的结构示意图;Figure 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a DNS query device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图12是根据本申请实施例的DNS查询装置的结构示意图;Figure 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a DNS query device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图13是根据本申请实施例的DNS查询装置的结构示意图;Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a DNS query device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图14是根据本申请实施例的通信设备的结构示意图;Figure 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图15是根据本申请实施例的通信设备的结构示意图;Figure 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图16是根据本申请实施例的通信设备的结构示意图。Figure 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be clearly described below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the present application, but not all of the embodiments. Based on the embodiments in this application, all other embodiments obtained by those of ordinary skill in the art fall within the scope of protection of this application.
本申请的说明书和权利要求书中的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象,而不用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的术语在适当情况下可以互换,以便本申请的实施例能够以除了在这里图示或描述的那些以外的顺序实施,且“第一”、“第二”所区别的对象通常为一类,并不限定对象的个数,例如第一对象可以是一个,也可以是多个。此外,说明书以及权利要求中“和/或”表示所连接对象的至少其中之一,字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。The terms "first", "second", etc. in the description and claims of this application are used to distinguish similar objects and are not used to describe a specific order or sequence. It is to be understood that the terms so used are interchangeable under appropriate circumstances so that the embodiments of the present application can be practiced in sequences other than those illustrated or described herein, and that "first" and "second" are distinguished objects It is usually one type, and the number of objects is not limited. For example, the first object can be one or multiple. In addition, "and/or" in the description and claims indicates at least one of the connected objects, and the character "/" generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or" relationship.
值得指出的是,本申请实施例所描述的技术不限于长期演进型(Long Term Evolution,LTE)/LTE的演进(LTE-Advanced,LTE-A)系统,还可用于其他无线通信系统,诸如码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)、时分多址(Time Division Multiple Access,TDMA)、频分多址(Frequency Division Multiple Access,FDMA)、正交频分多址(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access,OFDMA)、单载波频分多址(Single-carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access,SC-FDMA)和其他系统。本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网 络”常被可互换地使用,所描述的技术既可用于以上提及的系统和无线电技术,也可用于其他系统和无线电技术。以下描述出于示例目的描述了新空口(New Radio,NR)系统,并且在以下大部分描述中使用NR术语,但是这些技术也可应用于NR系统应用以外的应用,如第6代(6th Generation,6G)通信系统。It is worth pointing out that the technology described in the embodiments of this application is not limited to Long Term Evolution (LTE)/LTE Evolution (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A) systems, and can also be used in other wireless communication systems, such as code Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA), Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA), Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access, OFDMA), Single-carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA) and other systems. The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of this application "Network" is often used interchangeably, and the techniques described can be used with the systems and radio technologies mentioned above as well as with other systems and radio technologies. The following description describes the New Radio (NR) interface for example purposes. ) system, and NR terminology is used in most of the following descriptions, but these technologies can also be applied to applications other than NR system applications, such as 6th Generation (6G) communication systems.
图1示出本申请实施例可应用的一种无线通信系统的框图。无线通信系统包括终端11和网络侧设备12。其中,终端11可以是手机、平板电脑(Tablet Personal Computer)、膝上型电脑(Laptop Computer)或称为笔记本电脑、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、掌上电脑、上网本、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer,UMPC)、移动上网装置(Mobile Internet Device,MID)、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)/虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、机器人、可穿戴式设备(Wearable Device)、车载设备(Vehicle User Equipment,VUE)、行人终端(Pedestrian User Equipment,PUE)、智能家居(具有无线通信功能的家居设备,如冰箱、电视、洗衣机或者家具等)、游戏机、个人计算机(personal computer,PC)、柜员机或者自助机等终端侧设备,可穿戴式设备包括:智能手表、智能手环、智能耳机、智能眼镜、智能首饰(智能手镯、智能手链、智能戒指、智能项链、智能脚镯、智能脚链等)、智能腕带、智能服装等。需要说明的是,在本申请实施例并不限定终端11的具体类型。网络侧设备12可以包括接入网设备或核心网设备,其中,接入网设备12也可以称为无线接入网设备、无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)、无线接入网功能或无线接入网单元。接入网设备12可以包括基站、WLAN接入点或WiFi节点等,基站可被称为节点B、演进节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、接入点、基收发机站(Base Transceiver Station,BTS)、无线电基站、无线电收发机、基本服务集(Basic Service Set,BSS)、扩展服务集(Extended Service Set,ESS)、家用B节点、家用演进型B节点、发送接收点(Transmitting Receiving Point,TRP)或所述领域中其他某个合适的术语,只要达到相同的技术效果,所述基站不限于特定技术词汇,需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中仅以NR系统中的基站为例进行介绍,并不限定基站的具体类型。核心网设备可以包含但不限于如下至少一项:核心网节点、核心网功能、移动管理实体(Mobility Management Entity,MME)、接入移动管理功能(Access and Mobility Management Function,AMF)、会话管理功能(Session Management Function,SMF)、用户平面功能(User Plane Function,UPF)、策略控制功能(Policy Control Function,PCF)、策略与计费规则功能单元(Policy and Charging Rules Function,PCRF)、边缘应用服务发现功能(Edge Application Server Discovery Function,EASDF)、统一数据管理(Unified Data Management,UDM),统一数据仓储(Unified Data Repository,UDR)、归属用户服务器 (Home Subscriber Server,HSS)、集中式网络配置(Centralized network configuration,CNC)、网络存储功能(Network Repository Function,NRF),网络开放功能(Network Exposure Function,NEF)、本地NEF(Local NEF,或L-NEF)、绑定支持功能(Binding Support Function,BSF)、应用功能(Application Function,AF)等。需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中仅以NR系统中的核心网设备为例进行介绍,并不限定核心网设备的具体类型。Figure 1 shows a block diagram of a wireless communication system to which embodiments of the present application are applicable. The wireless communication system includes a terminal 11 and a network side device 12. The terminal 11 may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer (Tablet Personal Computer), a laptop computer (Laptop Computer), or a notebook computer, a personal digital assistant (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), a palmtop computer, a netbook, or a super mobile personal computer. (ultra-mobile personal computer, UMPC), mobile Internet device (Mobile Internet Device, MID), augmented reality (AR)/virtual reality (VR) equipment, robots, wearable devices (Wearable Device) , Vehicle User Equipment (VUE), Pedestrian User Equipment (PUE), smart home (home equipment with wireless communication functions, such as refrigerators, TVs, washing machines or furniture, etc.), game consoles, personal computers (personal computer, PC), teller machine or self-service machine and other terminal-side devices. Wearable devices include: smart watches, smart bracelets, smart headphones, smart glasses, smart jewelry (smart bracelets, smart bracelets, smart rings, smart necklaces, smart anklets) bracelets, smart anklets, etc.), smart wristbands, smart clothing, etc. It should be noted that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific type of the terminal 11. The network side device 12 may include an access network device or a core network device, where the access network device 12 may also be called a radio access network device, a radio access network (Radio Access Network, RAN), a radio access network function or Wireless access network unit. The access network device 12 may include a base station, a WLAN access point or a WiFi node, etc. The base station may be called a Node B, an evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB), an access point, or a Base Transceiver Station (Base Transceiver Station). BTS), radio base station, radio transceiver, Basic Service Set (BSS), Extended Service Set (ESS), home B-node, home evolved B-node, Transmitting Receiving Point, TRP) or some other appropriate term in the field, as long as the same technical effect is achieved, the base station is not limited to specific technical terms. It should be noted that in the embodiment of this application, only the base station in the NR system is taken as an example. This introduction does not limit the specific type of base station. Core network equipment may include but is not limited to at least one of the following: core network nodes, core network functions, mobility management entities (Mobility Management Entity, MME), access mobility management functions (Access and Mobility Management Function, AMF), session management functions (Session Management Function, SMF), User Plane Function (UPF), Policy Control Function (PCF), Policy and Charging Rules Function (PCRF), Edge Application Service Discovery function (Edge Application Server Discovery Function, EASDF), unified data management (Unified Data Management, UDM), unified data warehousing (Unified Data Repository, UDR), attributed user server (Home Subscriber Server, HSS), centralized network configuration (Centralized network configuration, CNC), network storage function (Network Repository Function, NRF), network exposure function (Network Exposure Function, NEF), local NEF (Local NEF, or L -NEF), Binding Support Function (Binding Support Function, BSF), Application Function (Application Function, AF), etc. It should be noted that in the embodiment of this application, only the core network equipment in the NR system is used as an example for introduction, and the specific type of the core network equipment is not limited.
下面结合附图,通过一些实施例及其应用场景对本申请实施例提供的DNS查询方法及通信设备进行详细地说明。The DNS query method and communication device provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings through some embodiments and application scenarios.
如图2所示,本申请实施例提供一种DNS查询方法200,该方法可以由第一通信设备执行,换言之,该DNS查询方法可以由安装在第一通信终端中的软件或硬件来执行,该DNS查询方法包括如下步骤。As shown in Figure 2, the embodiment of the present application provides a DNS query method 200, which can be executed by the first communication device. In other words, the DNS query method can be executed by software or hardware installed in the first communication terminal. The DNS query method includes the following steps.
S202:第一通信设备接收域名系统DNS查询,DNS查询中包含全限定域名FQDN,第一通信设备为第一公用陆地移动网络PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名。S202: The first communication device receives a domain name system DNS query. The DNS query includes the fully qualified domain name FQDN. The first communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first public land mobile network PLMN ID, and FQDN is corresponding to the second PLMN ID. domain name under the operator.
当第一公用陆地移动网络(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)ID对应的运营商下的终端想要访问第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的边缘应用服务器(Edge Application Server,EAS)时,该终端可以发送域名系统(Domain Name System,DNS)查询,通过DNS查询过程得到FQDN所对应的EAS IP地址。第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的第一通信设备可以接收该DNS查询。其中,DNS查询中包含第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的全限定域名(Fully Qualified Domain Name,FQDN),该DNS查询用于查询与该FQDN对应的EAS IP地址。When the terminal under the operator corresponding to the first Public Land Mobile Network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN) ID wants to access the Edge Application Server (Edge Application Server, EAS) under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, the terminal You can send a Domain Name System (DNS) query and obtain the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN through the DNS query process. The first communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID can receive the DNS query. Among them, the DNS query includes the fully qualified domain name (Fully Qualified Domain Name, FQDN) of the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the DNS query is used to query the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN.
第一通信设备为第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。该第一通信设备可以是边缘应用服务器发现功能(Edge Application Server Discovery Function,EASDF),可选地,第一通信设备为部署在第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF,或者H-EASDF(HPLMN EASDF),即,当前的EASDF是终端所在的运营商的网元。The first communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. The first communication device may be an Edge Application Server Discovery Function (EASDF). Optionally, the first communication device is an EASDF deployed under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, or H-EASDF ( HPLMN EASDF), that is, the current EASDF is the network element of the operator where the terminal is located.
DNS查询中包含的FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,可选地,该FQDN可以满足以下至少一项:The FQDN included in the DNS query is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. Optionally, the FQDN can satisfy at least one of the following:
FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的设备能够处理或解析的域名;FQDN is the domain name that the equipment under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID can process or resolve;
第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的设备无法解析该FQDN。The equipment under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID cannot resolve the FQDN.
其中,第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下能够处理或解析FQDN的设备可以是第二通信设备。第二通信设备可以是EASDF,可选地,该EASDF可以是部署在第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF,或者V-EASDF。 Wherein, the device capable of processing or parsing the FQDN under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID may be the second communication device. The second communication device may be an EASDF. Alternatively, the EASDF may be an EASDF deployed under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, or a V-EASDF.
一种实施方式中,所述FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的设备能够处理或解析的域名,是指,该FQDN可能是一个第二运营商内部使用的内部域名,该域名的解析过程,只能在第二运营商内完成;或者,为了解析所述FQDN,需要借助第二运营商内的EASDF进行帮助;或者,只有第二运营商内的EASDF,才能够给该FQDN配置DNS消息处理规则(DNS message handling rules),第一运营商里的EASDF或者SMF,无法根据FQDN生成DNS消息处理规则,也无法通过DNS过程解析这个域名。In one implementation, the FQDN is a domain name that can be processed or parsed by the equipment of the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, which means that the FQDN may be an internal domain name used internally by the second operator, and the resolution of the domain name The process can only be completed within the second operator; or, in order to resolve the FQDN, it is necessary to use the EASDF within the second operator for help; or, only the EASDF within the second operator can configure DNS for the FQDN. DNS message handling rules (DNS message handling rules), EASDF or SMF in the first operator cannot generate DNS message handling rules based on FQDN, nor can it resolve this domain name through the DNS process.
S204:第一通信设备向第二通信设备发送DNS查询,第二通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。S204: The first communication device sends a DNS query to the second communication device. The second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
第一通信设备在接收到DNS查询后,由于第一通信设备无法解析DNS查询中的FQDN,因此,第一通信设备可以将DNS查询发送给第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的第二通信设备,以便由第二通信设备解析或处理FQDN。其中,第二通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,具体而言,第二通信设备可以是第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的能够处理或解析上述FQDN的通信设备。该第二通信设备可以是EASDF,可选地,该EASDF可以是部署在第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF,或者V-EASDF。After the first communication device receives the DNS query, since the first communication device cannot parse the FQDN in the DNS query, the first communication device can send the DNS query to the second communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. to resolve or process the FQDN by the second communications device. The second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. Specifically, the second communication device may be a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID and capable of processing or parsing the above-mentioned FQDN. The second communication device may be an EASDF. Alternatively, the EASDF may be an EASDF deployed under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, or a V-EASDF.
可选地,作为一个实施例,第一通信设备向第二通信设备发送DNS查询,可以是根据第一规则向第二通信设备发送DNS查询,第一规则为FQDN的处理规则,第一规则用于指示将包含FQDN的DNS查询发送给第二通信设备。所述第一规则,可以是DNS消息处理规则,该规则可以从第一运营商内的SMF获取。该第一规则指示,第一运营商下的EASDF将DNS查询,发送给第二运营商下的EASDF。即,所述DNS查询被发送至第二运营商下的EASDF IP地址处。Optionally, as an embodiment, when the first communication device sends a DNS query to the second communication device, it may send a DNS query to the second communication device according to the first rule. The first rule is the processing rule of FQDN, and the first rule is Yu instructs to send a DNS query including the FQDN to the second communication device. The first rule may be a DNS message processing rule, and the rule may be obtained from the SMF within the first operator. The first rule instructs the EASDF under the first operator to send the DNS query to the EASDF under the second operator. That is, the DNS query is sent to the EASDF IP address under the second operator.
可选地,第一规则可以由第一通信设备在接收到DNS查询的情况下,从其他设备中获取得到。具体地,第一通信设备可以通过以下步骤获取第一规则:Optionally, the first rule may be obtained by the first communication device from other devices when receiving a DNS query. Specifically, the first communication device may obtain the first rule through the following steps:
第一通信设备发送第一请求,第一请求用于请求对FQDN的处理规则;The first communication device sends a first request, and the first request is used to request processing rules for the FQDN;
接收第一响应,第一响应中包含第一规则。The first response is received, and the first response contains the first rule.
第一通信设备在接收到DNS查询后,由于DNS查询中的FQDN是第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,而第一通信设备是第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,无法解析该FQDN,因此,第一通信设备可以发送第一请求以请求对FQDN的处理规则。第一通信设备在发送第一请求后,可以接收针对该第一请求的第一响应,第一响应中可以包含第一规则,该第一规则即为对FQDN的处理规则。After receiving the DNS query, the first communication device cannot The FQDN is parsed, so the first communications device can send a first request to request processing rules for the FQDN. After sending the first request, the first communication device may receive a first response to the first request, and the first response may include a first rule, and the first rule is a processing rule for the FQDN.
第一通信设备在发送第一请求时,可选地,可以向第三通信设备发送第一请求,相应的,第一通信设备在接收第一响应时,可以从第三通信设备接收第一响应。其中,第三通 信设备可以是第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,可选地,该第三通信设备可以是第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的会话管理功能(Session Management Function,SMF),或者H-SMF。这里,SMF将根据EASDF上报的DNS查询中的FQDN,生成DNS消息处理规则,也就是第一规则,指示第一运营商内的EASDF,将DNS查询发送至第二运营商内的EASDF。When sending the first request, the first communication device may optionally send the first request to the third communication device. Correspondingly, when receiving the first response, the first communication device may receive the first response from the third communication device. . Among them, the third link The communication device may be a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. Alternatively, the third communication device may be a session management function (Session Management Function, SMF) under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, or H-SMF. Here, SMF will generate DNS message processing rules, that is, the first rule, based on the FQDN in the DNS query reported by EASDF, instructing EASDF in the first operator to send the DNS query to EASDF in the second operator.
第一通信设备在接收到第一规则后,可以根据第一规则发送DNS查询,即根据第一规则转发DNS查询。其中,第一规则可以用于指示将包含FQDN的DNS查询发送给第二通信设备,第一通信设备在根据第一规则发送DNS查询时,可以将DNS查询发送给第一规则指示的第二通信设备。After receiving the first rule, the first communication device may send a DNS query according to the first rule, that is, forward the DNS query according to the first rule. The first rule may be used to instruct the DNS query containing the FQDN to be sent to the second communication device. When the first communication device sends the DNS query according to the first rule, the first communication device may send the DNS query to the second communication device indicated by the first rule. equipment.
可选地,第一规则还可以用于指示DNS查询要发送至的第二通信设备的地址信息,这样,第一通信设备在向第二通信设备发送DNS查询时,可以根据第一规则指示的地址信息向第二通信设备发送DNS查询。Optionally, the first rule can also be used to indicate the address information of the second communication device to which the DNS query is to be sent. In this way, when the first communication device sends the DNS query to the second communication device, it can be based on the address information indicated by the first rule. The address information sends a DNS query to the second communications device.
本申请实施例中,第一通信设备在根据第一规则发送DNS查询后,可以接收针对该DNS查询的DNS响应。比如,第一通信设备,可以从第二通信设备接收该DNS查询对应的DNS响应。DNS响应中可以包含DNS查询中的FQDN以及与该FQDN对应的边缘应用服务器互联网协议(Edge Application Server Internet Protocol,EAS IP)地址。In this embodiment of the present application, after sending a DNS query according to the first rule, the first communication device may receive a DNS response to the DNS query. For example, the first communication device may receive a DNS response corresponding to the DNS query from the second communication device. The DNS response can include the FQDN in the DNS query and the Edge Application Server Internet Protocol (EAS IP) address corresponding to the FQDN.
可选地,作为一个实施例,第一通信设备接收DNS响应,可以是从第二通信设备接收DNS响应。具体地,第一通信设备在发送DNS查询时,可以将DNS查询发送给第二通信设备,第二通信设备在接收到DNS查询后,可以在DNS服务器中查询与FQDN对应的ESA IP地址,并在查询到EAS IP地址的情况下,可以向第一通信设备发送DNS响应,这样,第一通信设备可以从第二通信设备接收DNS响应。其中,第二通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设。第二通信设备可以是EASDF,可选地,该EASDF可以是部署在第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF或V-EASDF。Optionally, as an embodiment, the first communication device receiving the DNS response may receive the DNS response from the second communication device. Specifically, when the first communication device sends a DNS query, it can send the DNS query to the second communication device. After receiving the DNS query, the second communication device can query the DNS server for the ESA IP address corresponding to the FQDN, and When the EAS IP address is queried, a DNS response can be sent to the first communication device, so that the first communication device can receive a DNS response from the second communication device. Wherein, the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. The second communication device may be an EASDF. Alternatively, the EASDF may be an EASDF or V-EASDF deployed under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
可选地,作为一个实施例,第一通信设备在根据第一规则发送DNS查询后,还可以接收第一信息。第一信息中可以包括数据网络接入标识符(Data Network Access Identifier,DNAI)和/或第二用户面(User Plane Function,UPF)的IP地址或标识(ID)。DNAI可以用于第一PLMN ID对应的运营商进行用户面选择,DNAI基于DNS响应中的EAS IP地址和/或FQDN确定得到。第二UPF为第二PLMN ID所对应的运营商下的UPF,第二UPF的IP地址或标识可以用于第一PLMN ID对应的运营商建立协议数据单元(Packet Data Unit,PDU)会话到第二PLMN ID对应的运营商,第二UPF基于DNAI确定。此处的DNAI,既可以是第一运营商内的DNAI,也可以是第二运营商内的DNAI。 Optionally, as an embodiment, the first communication device may also receive the first information after sending a DNS query according to the first rule. The first information may include a data network access identifier (Data Network Access Identifier, DNAI) and/or the IP address or identification (ID) of the second user plane (User Plane Function, UPF). The DNAI can be used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to select the user plane. The DNAI is determined based on the EAS IP address and/or FQDN in the DNS response. The second UPF is a UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. The IP address or identification of the second UPF can be used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to establish a protocol data unit (Packet Data Unit, PDU) session to the first PLMN ID. The second PLMN ID corresponds to the operator, and the second UPF is determined based on DNAI. The DNAI here can be either the DNAI within the first operator or the DNAI within the second operator.
可选地,第一通信设备接收第一信息,可以是第一通信设备从第二通信设备接收第一信息。第二通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。可选地,第二通信设备可以是第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF。本实施例中,第一通信设备可以将DNS查询请求发送给第二通信设备,第二通信设备在查询到与FQDN对应的EAS IP地址后,可以向第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的第四通信设备(比如SMF或者V-SMF)发送DNS响应,第四通信设备可以根据DNS响应确定第一信息,比如,第四通信设备根据DNS响应里的EAS IP地址,确定DNAI,所述DNAI可以第二运营商的DNI,也可以是第一运营商的DNAI,然后第四通信设备可以将第一信息发送给第二通信设备。第二通信设备在接收到第一信息后,可以将第一信息发送给第一通信设备,这样,第一通信设备可以从第二通信设备接收第一信息。其中,第二通信设备和第四通信设备在此过程中执行的操作的具体实现方式可以参见图3和图5所示的实施例,这里不再详细说明。第二通信设备可以在发送DNS响应给第一通信设备的同时,发送第一信息;也可以第二通信设备通过与第一通信设备之间的服务化信令,比如,两个EASDF之间的服务化消息,发送第一信息到第一通信设备。Optionally, the first communication device receives the first information, which may be the first communication device receiving the first information from the second communication device. The second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. Optionally, the second communication device may be an EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. In this embodiment, the first communication device can send a DNS query request to the second communication device. After querying the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN, the second communication device can send a request to the operator under the second PLMN ID. The fourth communication device (such as SMF or V-SMF) sends a DNS response. The fourth communication device can determine the first information according to the DNS response. For example, the fourth communication device determines the DNAI according to the EAS IP address in the DNS response. The DNAI can The DNI of the second operator may also be the DNAI of the first operator, and then the fourth communication device may send the first information to the second communication device. After receiving the first information, the second communication device can send the first information to the first communication device, so that the first communication device can receive the first information from the second communication device. For the specific implementation of the operations performed by the second communication device and the fourth communication device in this process, reference can be made to the embodiments shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 5 , which will not be described in detail here. The second communication device may send the first information while sending the DNS response to the first communication device; the second communication device may also use service signaling with the first communication device, such as between two EASDFs. The service message sends the first information to the first communication device.
可选地,第一通信设备通过如下信令,从第二通信设备接收第一信息:Neasdf_DNSContext_Update Request,Neasdf_DNSContext_Update Response,Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Request,Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Response。Optionally, the first communication device receives the first information from the second communication device through the following signaling: Neasdf_DNSContext_Update Request, Neasdf_DNSContext_Update Response, Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Request, Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Response.
第一通信设备在接收到第一信息后,可选地,还可以转发该第一信息至其他通信设备。第一通信设备在发送第一信息时,可选地,可以向第三通信设备发送第一信息,第一信息可以用于第三通信设备进行用户面选择,从而可以基于选择的用户面实现跨运营商访问EAS的目的。第三通信设备为第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,可选地,该第三通信设备可以SMF,该SMF可以是部署在第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF或H-SMF。第三通信设备根据第一信息选择用户面的具体实现方式可以参见图4所示的实施例,这里不再详细说明。比如,第三通信设备可以根据DNAI,确定用户面,执行UPF的选择过程。After receiving the first information, the first communication device may optionally forward the first information to other communication devices. When the first communication device sends the first information, optionally, the first communication device can send the first information to the third communication device. The first information can be used by the third communication device to select a user plane, so that cross-platform communication can be implemented based on the selected user plane. The purpose of the operator's access to EAS. The third communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. Optionally, the third communication device may be an SMF. The SMF may be an SMF or H-deployed under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. SMF. The specific implementation method for the third communication device to select the user plane according to the first information can refer to the embodiment shown in Figure 4, which will not be described in detail here. For example, the third communication device can determine the user plane based on the DNAI and perform the UPF selection process.
在本申请实施例中,当第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的终端需要访问第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的边缘应用服务器时,通过将终端的DNS查询转发给第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备进行处理,可以获得需要访问的边缘应用服务器的IP地址,从而使得终端能够跨运营商访问边缘应用服务器。In the embodiment of this application, when the terminal under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID needs to access the edge application server under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, the DNS query of the terminal is forwarded to the terminal corresponding to the second PLMN ID. The communication equipment under the operator can obtain the IP address of the edge application server that needs to be accessed, so that the terminal can access the edge application server across operators.
如图3所示,本申请实施例提供一种DNS查询方法300,该方法可以由第二通信设备执行,换言之,该DNS查询方法可以由安装在第二通信终端中的软件或硬件来执行, 该DNS查询方法包括如下步骤。As shown in Figure 3, the embodiment of the present application provides a DNS query method 300, which can be executed by a second communication device. In other words, the DNS query method can be executed by software or hardware installed in the second communication terminal. The DNS query method includes the following steps.
S302:第二通信设备接收DNS查询,DNS查询由第一通信设备发送,第一通信设备为第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,DNS查询中包含FQDN,FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,第二通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。S302: The second communication device receives a DNS query. The DNS query is sent by the first communication device. The first communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. The DNS query contains FQDN, and FQDN is corresponding to the second PLMN ID. domain name under the operator, and the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
当第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的终端想要访问第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EAS时,该终端可以发送DNS查询,DNS查询中可以包括第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的FQDN,在这种情况下,第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的第二通信设备可以接收该DNS查询。第二通信设备可以是EASDF,可选地,该EASDF可以是部署在第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF或V-EASDF(VPLMN EASDF)。When the terminal under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID wants to access the EAS under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, the terminal can send a DNS query, and the DNS query can include the EAS under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. FQDN, in this case, the second communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID can receive the DNS query. The second communication device may be an EASDF. Alternatively, the EASDF may be an EASDF or V-EASDF (VPLMN EASDF) deployed under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
可选地,作为一个实施例,第二通信设备接收DNS查询,可以是第二通信设备从第一通信设备接收DNS查询。具体地,终端在发送DNS请求后,第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的第一通信设备可以接收该DNS请求。由于DNS查询中的FQDN是第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,而第一通信设备是第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,无法解析该FQDN,因此,第一通信设备可以根据第一规则将DNS请求发送给第二通信设备,以便第二通信设备可以处理或解析DNS查询中的FQDN。其中,第一通信设备可以是EASDF,可选地,该EASDF可以是部署在第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF或H-EASDF。第一通信设备根据第一规则将DNS查询发送给第二通信设备的具体实现方式可以参见图2所示的实施例,这里不再重复说明。Optionally, as an embodiment, the second communication device receives the DNS query, which may be the second communication device receiving the DNS query from the first communication device. Specifically, after the terminal sends a DNS request, the first communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID can receive the DNS request. Since the FQDN in the DNS query is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the first communication device is the communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, the FQDN cannot be resolved. Therefore, the first communication device can The DNS request is sent to the second communication device according to the first rule so that the second communication device can process or resolve the FQDN in the DNS query. The first communication device may be an EASDF. Alternatively, the EASDF may be an EASDF or H-EASDF deployed under an operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. The specific implementation method for the first communication device to send the DNS query to the second communication device according to the first rule can refer to the embodiment shown in Figure 2, and the description will not be repeated here.
DNS查询中包含的FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,该DNS查询用于请求查询与该FQDN对应的EAS IP地址。The FQDN included in the DNS query is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. The DNS query is used to request the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN.
可选地,DNS查询中包含的FQDN可以满足以下至少一项:Optionally, the FQDN included in the DNS query can satisfy at least one of the following:
FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的设备能够处理或解析的域名;FQDN is the domain name that the equipment under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID can process or resolve;
第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的设备无法解析该FQDN。The equipment under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID cannot resolve the FQDN.
其中,第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下能够处理或解析FQDN的设备可以是该运营商下的EASDF,即可以是第二通信设备。Among them, the device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID that can process or resolve the FQDN may be the EASDF under the operator, that is, it may be the second communication device.
S304:第二通信设备转发DNS查询至DNS服务器,获得FQDN对应的EAS IP地址。S304: The second communication device forwards the DNS query to the DNS server and obtains the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN.
第二通信设备在接收到DNS查询后,可以将DNS查询转发至第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的DNS服务器(DNS server)。DNS服务器在接收到DNS查询后,可以根据DNS查询中的FQDN查询对应的EAS IP地址并返回给第二通信设备,由此第二通信设备可以获得与FQDN对应的EAS IP地址。 After receiving the DNS query, the second communication device may forward the DNS query to the DNS server (DNS server) of the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. After receiving the DNS query, the DNS server can query the corresponding EAS IP address according to the FQDN in the DNS query and return it to the second communication device, so that the second communication device can obtain the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN.
可选地,作为一个实施例,第二通信设备在获得与FQDN对应的EAS IP地址后,可以发送DNS响应。DNS查询响应中可以包含FQDN以及与该FQDN对应的EAS IP地址。Optionally, as an embodiment, the second communication device may send a DNS response after obtaining the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN. The DNS query response can contain the FQDN and the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN.
可选地,第二通信设备发送DNS响应,可以包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second communication device sends a DNS response, which may include at least one of the following:
第二通信设备向第一通信设备发送DNS响应;The second communication device sends a DNS response to the first communication device;
第二通信设备向第四通信设备发送DNS响应。The second communications device sends a DNS response to the fourth communications device.
第二通信设备向第一通信设备发送DNS响应后,第一通信设备可以接收该DNS响应,从而可以获得DNS查询的查询结果。After the second communication device sends a DNS response to the first communication device, the first communication device can receive the DNS response, thereby obtaining the query result of the DNS query.
可选地,第二通信设备可以根据预先配置的规则,选择将DNS响应发给哪个通信设备。比如,第二通信设备中,如果设置了如下的规则:当收到含有特定FQDN的DNS查询后,优先发送给第四通信设备,则执行第二通信设备向第四通信设备发送DNS响应。如果第二通信设备中设置了如下的规则:当收到含有特定FQDN的DNS查询后,优先发送给第一通信设备,则执行第二通信设备向第一通信设备发送DNS响应。所述第二通信设备中转发DNS响应的规则,可以是第四通信设备设置。Optionally, the second communication device may select which communication device to send the DNS response to according to preconfigured rules. For example, if the following rule is set in the second communication device: when a DNS query containing a specific FQDN is received, it is sent to the fourth communication device first, then the second communication device is executed to send a DNS response to the fourth communication device. If the following rule is set in the second communication device: when a DNS query containing a specific FQDN is received, it is sent to the first communication device first, then the second communication device is executed to send a DNS response to the first communication device. The rule for forwarding DNS responses in the second communication device may be set by the fourth communication device.
第四通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,可选地,第四通信设备可以是SMF,该SMF为部署在第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF或V-SMF。第二通信设备向第四通信设备发送DNS响应后,第四通信设备可以根据DNS响应在第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下进行用户面选择,具体实现方式可以参见图5所示的实施例,这里不再重复说明。The fourth communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. Optionally, the fourth communication device may be an SMF. The SMF is an SMF or V-SMF deployed under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. . After the second communication device sends a DNS response to the fourth communication device, the fourth communication device can perform user plane selection under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID according to the DNS response. For specific implementation methods, please refer to the embodiment shown in Figure 5. The explanation will not be repeated here.
可选地,第二通信设备在发送DNS响应后,还可以接收第一信息。第一信息可以包括DNAI和/或第二UPF的IP地址或标识。DNAI用于第一PLMN ID对应的运营商进行用户面选择,DNAI基于DNS响应中的EAS IP地址和/或FQDN确定。第二UPF为第二PLMN ID所对应的运营商下的UPF,第二UPF的IP地址或标识用于第一PLMN ID对应的运营商建立PDU会话到第二PLMN ID对应的运营商,第二UPF基于DNAI确定。第二UPF的IP地址或标识,还用于建立到DNS响应中的EAS IP地址的跨运营商的PDU会话或者IP路由。所述第一信息中的DNAI,可以是根据EAS IP地址或FQDN确定的第二运营商下的DNAI,也可以是第一运营商下的DNAI。Optionally, after sending the DNS response, the second communication device can also receive the first information. The first information may include the DNAI and/or the IP address or identification of the second UPF. DNAI is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to select the user plane. DNAI is determined based on the EAS IP address and/or FQDN in the DNS response. The second UPF is the UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. The IP address or identification of the second UPF is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to establish a PDU session to the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. UPF is determined based on DNAI. The IP address or identity of the second UPF is also used to establish a cross-operator PDU session or IP route to the EAS IP address in the DNS response. The DNAI in the first information may be the DNAI under the second operator determined based on the EAS IP address or FQDN, or it may be the DNAI under the first operator.
可选地,所述第二UPF包括以下至少一项:UPF,local PSA,UL CL。Optionally, the second UPF includes at least one of the following: UPF, local PSA, UL CL.
可选地,第二通信设备接收第一信息,可以是第二通信设备从第四通信设备接收第一信息。第四通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,可选地,第四通信设备可以是SMF。本实施例中,第二通信设备在将DNS响应发送给第四通信设备后,第四通信设备可以根据DNS响应(根据DNS响应里的FQDN或EAS IP地址)确定第一信息, 然后将第一信息发送给第二通信设备,这样,第二通信设备可以从第四通信设备接收第一信息。其中,第四通信设备根据DNS响应确定第一信息的具体实现方式可以参见图5所示的实施例,这里不再详细说明。Optionally, the second communication device receives the first information, which may be the second communication device receiving the first information from the fourth communication device. The fourth communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. Optionally, the fourth communication device may be an SMF. In this embodiment, after the second communication device sends the DNS response to the fourth communication device, the fourth communication device can determine the first information based on the DNS response (according to the FQDN or EAS IP address in the DNS response), The first information is then sent to the second communication device so that the second communication device can receive the first information from the fourth communication device. The specific implementation method for the fourth communication device to determine the first information according to the DNS response can refer to the embodiment shown in Figure 5, which will not be described in detail here.
第二通信设备在接收到第一信息后,可选地,还可以发送该第一信息。第二通信设备在发送第一信息时,可选地,可以向第一通信设备发送第一信息,以便第一通信设备可以将第一信息发送给第三通信设备,由第三通信设备根据第一信息进行用户面选择,从而可以基于选择的用户面实现跨运营商访问EAS的目的。其中,第一通信设备和第三通信设备均第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,可选地,第一通信设备可以是部署在第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF或H-EASDF,第三通信设备可以是部署在第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF或H-SMF。其中,第一通信设备发送第一信息以及第三通信设备根据第一信息选择用户面的具体实现方式可以参见图2和图4所示的实施例,这里不再详细说明。第一通信设备根据第一信息进行用户面选择,可以是指第一通信设备根据第一信息在第一PLMN对应的运营商内进行用户面选择,所述选择的用户面用于建立到EAS IP地址对应的服务器,或者,建立到第二UPF的一个跨运营商的PDU会话或者IP连接或者N9隧道。After receiving the first information, the second communication device may optionally send the first information. When the second communication device sends the first information, optionally, the first communication device can send the first information to the first communication device, so that the first communication device can send the first information to the third communication device, and the third communication device can send the first information to the third communication device according to the first communication device. This information is used to select the user plane, so that cross-operator access to EAS can be achieved based on the selected user plane. Wherein, the first communication device and the third communication device are communication devices under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. Optionally, the first communication device may be EASDF or H deployed under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. -EASDF, the third communication device may be an SMF or H-SMF deployed under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. The specific implementation of the first communication device sending the first information and the third communication device selecting the user plane according to the first information may refer to the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 4 and will not be described in detail here. The first communication device selects a user plane according to the first information, which may mean that the first communication device selects a user plane in the operator corresponding to the first PLMN according to the first information, and the selected user plane is used to establish the EAS IP The server corresponding to the address, alternatively, establishes a cross-operator PDU session or IP connection or N9 tunnel to the second UPF.
在本申请实施例中,当第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的终端需要访问第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的边缘应用服务器时,通过将终端的DNS查询转发给第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备进行处理,可以获得需要访问的边缘应用服务器的IP地址,从而使得终端能够跨运营商访问边缘应用服务器。In the embodiment of this application, when the terminal under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID needs to access the edge application server under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, the DNS query of the terminal is forwarded to the terminal corresponding to the second PLMN ID. The communication equipment under the operator can obtain the IP address of the edge application server that needs to be accessed, so that the terminal can access the edge application server across operators.
如图4所示,本申请实施例提供一种DNS查询方法400,该方法可以由第三通信设备执行,换言之,该DNS查询方法可以由安装在第三通信终端中的软件或硬件来执行,该DNS查询方法包括如下步骤。As shown in Figure 4, the embodiment of the present application provides a DNS query method 400, which can be executed by a third communication device. In other words, the DNS query method can be executed by software or hardware installed in the third communication terminal. The DNS query method includes the following steps.
S402:第三通信设备接收第一请求,第一请求用于请求对FQDN的处理规则,FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,第三通信设备为第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。第三通信设备可以是SMF,可选地,该SMF可以是部署在第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF或H-SMF。S402: The third communication device receives the first request. The first request is used to request processing rules for FQDN. FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. The third communication device is the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. communication equipment. The third communication device may be an SMF. Alternatively, the SMF may be an SMF or H-SMF deployed under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
所述第一请求,可以是Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Request,Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Response,Neasdf_DNSContext_Update Request,Neasdf_DNSContext_Update Response。The first request may be Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Request, Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Response, Neasdf_DNSContext_Update Request, Neasdf_DNSContext_Update Response.
当第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的终端想要访问第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EAS IP时,该终端可以发送DNS查询,DNS查询中可以包括第二PLMN ID对应的运营 商下的FQDN,在这种情况下,第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的第三通信设备可以接收第一请求,第一请求用于请求对DNS查询中的FQDN的处理规则。所述FQDN的处理规则是指,应该把包含这条FQDN的DNS查询,发送到什么位置(一般来说,就是发送到DNS server或者EASDF)。When the terminal under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID wants to access the EAS IP under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, the terminal can send a DNS query, and the DNS query can include the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. In this case, the third communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID can receive the first request, and the first request is used to request processing rules for the FQDN in the DNS query. The FQDN processing rule refers to where the DNS query containing this FQDN should be sent (generally speaking, it is sent to the DNS server or EASDF).
可选地,作为一个实施例,第三通信设备接收第一请求,可以是第三通信设备从第一通信设备接收第一请求。具体地,终端在发送DNS请求后,第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的第一通信设备(可以是部署在第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF或H-EASDF)可以接收该DNS请求。由于DNS查询中的FQDN是第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,而第一通信设备是第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,无法解析该FQDN,因此,第一通信设备可以发送第一请求以请求对FQDN的处理规则。第一通信设备在发送第一请求时,可以向第三通信设备发送,这样,第三通信设备可以从第一通信设备接收该第一请求。Optionally, as an embodiment, the third communication device receives the first request, which may be the third communication device receiving the first request from the first communication device. Specifically, after the terminal sends a DNS request, the first communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID (which may be an EASDF or H-EASDF deployed under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID) can receive the DNS request. . Since the FQDN in the DNS query is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the first communication device is the communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, the FQDN cannot be resolved. Therefore, the first communication device can A first request is sent to request processing rules for the FQDN. When sending the first request, the first communication device may send it to the third communication device, so that the third communication device may receive the first request from the first communication device.
DNS查询中包含的FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,该DNS查询用于请求查询与该FQDN对应的EAS IP地址。The FQDN included in the DNS query is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. The DNS query is used to request the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN.
可选地,DNS查询中包含的FQDN可以满足以下至少一项:Optionally, the FQDN included in the DNS query can satisfy at least one of the following:
FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的设备能够处理或解析的域名;FQDN is the domain name that the equipment under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID can process or resolve;
第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的设备无法解析该FQDN。The equipment under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID cannot resolve the FQDN.
其中,第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下能够处理或解析FQDN的设备可以是该运营商下的EASDF,具体可以是本申请各实施例中的第二通信设备。Among them, the device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID that can process or resolve the FQDN may be the EASDF under the operator, and specifically may be the second communication device in the embodiments of this application.
S404:第三通信设备发送第一响应,第一响应中包含第一规则,第一规则为FQDN的处理规则,第一规则用于指示将包含FQDN的DNS查询发送给第二通信设备,第二通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。S404: The third communication device sends a first response. The first response contains a first rule. The first rule is a processing rule for FQDN. The first rule is used to instruct the DNS query containing FQDN to be sent to the second communication device. The second The communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
所述第一响应,可以是:Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Request,Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Response,Neasdf_DNSContext_Update Request,Neasdf_DNSContext_Update Response。The first response may be: Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Request, Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Response, Neasdf_DNSContext_Update Request, Neasdf_DNSContext_Update Response.
本实施例中,对FQDN的处理规则可以表示为第一规则。第三通信设备在接收到第一请求后,可以发送第一响应。第一响应中可以包含第一规则,第一规则可以用于指示将包含FQDN的DNS查询发送给第二通信设备。其中,第二通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,能够处理或解析DNS查询中的FQDN。可选地,第二通信设备可以是EASDF。In this embodiment, the processing rule for FQDN can be expressed as a first rule. After receiving the first request, the third communication device may send the first response. The first response may include a first rule, and the first rule may be used to instruct the DNS query including the FQDN to be sent to the second communication device. Wherein, the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and can process or parse the FQDN in the DNS query. Optionally, the second communication device may be an EASDF.
可选地,第三通信设备在发送第一响应时,可以向第一通信设备发送第一响应。第一 终端设备在接收到第一响应后,可以根据第一响应中的第一规则发送DNS查询,具体实现方式可以参见图2所示的实施例,这里不再重复说明。Optionally, when the third communication device sends the first response, the third communication device may send the first response to the first communication device. First After receiving the first response, the terminal device may send a DNS query according to the first rule in the first response. For specific implementation methods, please refer to the embodiment shown in Figure 2, and the description will not be repeated here.
可选地,第一规则还用于指示第二通信设备的地址信息。这样,第三通信设备在向第一通信设备发送第一规则后,第一通信设备在根据第一规则向第二通信设备发送DNS查询时,可以根据第一规则指示的地址信息向第二通信设备发送DNS查询。即,将所述DNS查询,发送至第一规则中指示的IP地址对应的网元,所述网元可以是第二通信设备,即第二运营商下的EASDF。Optionally, the first rule is also used to indicate address information of the second communication device. In this way, after the third communication device sends the first rule to the first communication device, when the first communication device sends a DNS query to the second communication device according to the first rule, it can send a DNS query to the second communication device according to the address information indicated by the first rule. The device sends a DNS query. That is, the DNS query is sent to the network element corresponding to the IP address indicated in the first rule. The network element may be the second communication device, that is, the EASDF under the second operator.
可选地,作为一个实施例,第一规则可以由第三通信设备在接收到第一请求的情况下,根据从其他设备获取到的信息配置得到。具体地,第三通信设备在接收到第一请求的情况下,可以包括以下步骤:Optionally, as an embodiment, the first rule may be configured and obtained by the third communication device based on information obtained from other devices upon receiving the first request. Specifically, when the third communication device receives the first request, the third communication device may include the following steps:
第三通信设备发送第二请求,第二请求用于请求获得第二信息;The third communication device sends a second request, and the second request is used to request to obtain the second information;
第三通信设备接收第二响应,第二响应中包含第二信息;The third communication device receives the second response, and the second response contains the second information;
第三通信设备根据第二信息配置第一规则。The third communication device configures the first rule according to the second information.
第三通信设备在接收到第一请求的情况下,可能无法根据DNS查询里的FQDN生成DNS处理规则,此时,第三通信设备在接收到第一请求的情况下,可以发送第三请求。第三请用于请求获得第二信息。该第二信息可以包括以下至少一项:When the third communication device receives the first request, it may not be able to generate DNS processing rules based on the FQDN in the DNS query. In this case, when the third communication device receives the first request, it may send a third request. The third please is used to request the second information. The second information may include at least one of the following:
FQDN和PLMN ID之间的映射关系,PLMN ID为能够解析FQDN的运营商所属的PLMN ID;Mapping relationship between FQDN and PLMN ID, PLMN ID is the PLMN ID of the operator that can resolve FQDN;
能够解析FQDN的网元的地址信息,和/或网元所属的PLMN ID。The address information of the network element that can resolve the FQDN and/or the PLMN ID to which the network element belongs.
第三通信设备在发送第二请求后,可以接收针对该第二请求的第二响应。第二响应中可以包含上述第二信息。第三通信设备在接收到第二响应后,可以根据第二响应中的第二信息配置第一规则。该第一规则可以指示第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备在接收到包含特定FQDN的DNS查询时,需要将DNS查询发送给第二运营商下的通信设备(比如部署在第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF或V-EASDF)进行解析,该特定FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名。After sending the second request, the third communication device may receive a second response to the second request. The second response may include the above-mentioned second information. After receiving the second response, the third communication device may configure the first rule according to the second information in the second response. The first rule may indicate that when the communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID receives a DNS query containing a specific FQDN, it needs to send the DNS query to the communication device under the second operator (such as deployed on the second PLMN EASDF or V-EASDF) under the operator corresponding to the ID is parsed, and the specific FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
所述第二请求可以是:Nnef_EASDeployment_Subscribe;NEF收到第二请求以后,还可以执行Nudr_DM_Query Request,从UDR中获得第二信息;The second request may be: Nnef_EASDeployment_Subscribe; after NEF receives the second request, it may also execute Nudr_DM_Query Request to obtain the second information from the UDR;
所述第二响应可以是:UDR发送Nudr_DM_Query Response给NEF,NEF发送Nnef_EASDeployment_Notify至SMF。The second response may be: UDR sends Nudr_DM_Query Response to NEF, and NEF sends Nnef_EASDeployment_Notify to SMF.
可选地,第三通信设备在发送第二请求时,可以向网络开放功能(Network Exposure Function,NEF)发送第二请求。相应的,第三通信设备在接收第二响应时,可以从NEF 接收第二响应。其中,第二响应中的第二信息可以由NEF从统一数据存储(Unified Data Repository,UDR)中获取得到,UDR中的第二信息由应用功能(Application Function,AF)提供并由AF通过NEF预先存储到UDR中。Optionally, when sending the second request, the third communication device may send the second request to the Network Exposure Function (NEF). Correspondingly, when receiving the second response, the third communication device may receive the Receive second response. Among them, the second information in the second response can be obtained by NEF from the Unified Data Repository (UDR). The second information in the UDR is provided by the application function (Application Function, AF) and is prepared by AF through NEF. Store in UDR.
本申请实施例中,第三通信设备在发送第一响应后,可选地,还可以包括以下步骤:In this embodiment of the present application, after sending the first response, the third communication device may optionally include the following steps:
第三通信设备接收第一信息,第一信息包括DNAI和/或第二UPF的IP地址或标识;The third communication device receives the first information, and the first information includes the DNAI and/or the IP address or identification of the second UPF;
第三通信设备根据第一信息选择用户面。The third communication device selects a user plane according to the first information.
其中,第一信息中的DNAI可以用于第一PLMN ID对应的运营商进行用户面选择,DNAI基于DNS响应中的EAS IP地址和/或FQDN确定。第二UPF为第二PLMN ID所对应的运营商下的UPF,第二UPF的IP地址或标识可以用于第一PLMN ID对应的运营商建立PDU会话到第二PLMN ID对应的运营商,第二UPF基于DNAI确定。The DNAI in the first information can be used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to select the user plane, and the DNAI is determined based on the EAS IP address and/or FQDN in the DNS response. The second UPF is the UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. The IP address or identification of the second UPF can be used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to establish a PDU session to the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. Two UPFs are determined based on DNAI.
可选地,第三通信设备接收第一信息,可以是第三通信设备从第一通信设备接收第一信息,和/或,第三通信设备从第四通信设备接收第一信息。第一通信设备为第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,可以是EASDF或H-EASDF,第四通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下部署的通信设备,可以是SMF或V-SMF。其中,在第三通信设备从第一通信设备接收第一信息的情况下,该第一信息可以是第一通信设备从第二通信设备接收并发送给第三通信设备,第二通信设备为部署在第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,可以是EASDF或V-EASDF,具体实现方式可以参见图2和图3所示实施例中的相应步骤的具体实现,这里不再重复说明。在第三通信设备从第四通信设备接收第一信息的情况下,该第一信息可以由第四通信设备根据DNS响应中的EAS IP地址和/或FQDN确定,具体实现方式可以参见图5所示实施例中相应步骤的具体实现,这里也不再重复说明。Optionally, the third communication device receives the first information, which may be that the third communication device receives the first information from the first communication device, and/or the third communication device receives the first information from the fourth communication device. The first communication device is a communication device deployed under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, which may be EASDF or H-EASDF. The fourth communication device is a communication device deployed under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, which may be SMF or V -SMF. Wherein, in the case where the third communication device receives the first information from the first communication device, the first information may be received by the first communication device from the second communication device and sent to the third communication device, and the second communication device is deployed The communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID may be EASDF or V-EASDF. For specific implementation methods, please refer to the specific implementation of the corresponding steps in the embodiments shown in Figures 2 and 3, and the description will not be repeated here. In the case where the third communication device receives the first information from the fourth communication device, the first information can be determined by the fourth communication device according to the EAS IP address and/or FQDN in the DNS response. The specific implementation method can be seen in Figure 5 The specific implementation of the corresponding steps in the embodiment is shown, and the description will not be repeated here.
第三通信设备在接收到第一信息后,在根据第一信息选择用户面时,可以包括以下至少一项:After receiving the first information, when selecting the user plane based on the first information, the third communication device may include at least one of the following:
第三通信设备根据第一信息在第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下选择第一UPF和/或UL CL上行分流器;The third communication device selects the first UPF and/or UL CL uplink splitter under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID according to the first information;
第三通信设备根据第一信息在第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下选择第二UPF,或,第三通信设备根据第一信息触发第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的目标网元选择第二UPF,目标网元包括第四通信设备,第四通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,可选地,第四通信设备可以是部署在第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的V-SMF,或者SMF。The third communication device selects the second UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID according to the first information, or the third communication device triggers the target network element under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID to select the second UPF according to the first information. UPF, the target network element includes a fourth communication device. The fourth communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. Optionally, the fourth communication device may be deployed under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. V-SMF, or SMF.
可选地,第三通信设备,根据第一信息,可以在第一运营商下,选择第一UPF,所述第一UPF用于建立到解析得到的EAS IP地址的PDU会话或者IP路由;或者,第三通信设备根据所述第一信息,可以在第一运营商下,选择第一UPF,所述第一UPF用于建立 到第二UPF的PDU会话或者IP路由,或者N9隧道。Optionally, the third communication device, according to the first information, can select the first UPF under the first operator, and the first UPF is used to establish a PDU session or IP route to the resolved EAS IP address; or , based on the first information, the third communication device can select the first UPF under the first operator, and the first UPF is used to establish PDU session to second UPF or IP route, or N9 tunnel.
具体地,在第一信息包括DNAI不包括第二UPF的地址或标识的情况下,第三通信设备需要根据第一信息选择第一UPF、第二UPF以及UL CL,或,根据第一信息选择第一UPF和UL CL并触发第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的目标网元选择第二UPF。在第一信息包括DNAI和第二UPF的地址或标识的情况下,第三通信设备可以根据第一信息选择第一UPF和/或UL CL,无需选择第二UPF,也无需触发第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的目标网元选择第二UPF。Specifically, in the case where the first information includes the DNAI but does not include the address or identification of the second UPF, the third communication device needs to select the first UPF, the second UPF and the UL CL according to the first information, or select according to the first information. The first UPF and UL CL trigger the target network element under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID to select the second UPF. In the case where the first information includes the DNAI and the address or identification of the second UPF, the third communication device can select the first UPF and/or UL CL according to the first information without selecting the second UPF or triggering the second PLMN ID. Select the second UPF for the target network element under the corresponding operator.
可选地,作为一个实施例,第三通信设备还可以执行以下步骤:Optionally, as an embodiment, the third communication device may also perform the following steps:
第三通信设备发送第三请求,第三请求用于请求在第二PLMN ID对应的运营商内建立或更新PDU会话;所述第三请求可以是:Nsmf_PDUSession_Create Request或者Nsmf_PDUSession_Update Request。The third communication device sends a third request, and the third request is used to request to establish or update a PDU session within the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID; the third request may be: Nsmf_PDUSession_Create Request or Nsmf_PDUSession_Update Request.
可选地,所述第三请求中还可以包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the third request may also include at least one of the following:
DNAI,该DNAI可以用于第二PLMN ID对应的运营商进行用户面选择,DNAI对应第一PLMN ID或者第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的DNAI;DNAI, this DNAI can be used by the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID to select the user plane. The DNAI corresponds to the DNAI under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID or the second PLMN ID;
第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的本地PDU会话锚(PDU session anchor,PSA)IP地址;也可以是第一UPF的IP地址或者ID;The local PDU session anchor (PSA) IP address of the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID; it can also be the IP address or ID of the first UPF;
第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的PSA对应的核心网隧道信息CN Tunnel Info,比如N9隧道信息,也可以是第一UPF的核心网隧道信息。所述N9隧道信息包括以下至少一项:N9隧道标识符,N9隧道地址。The core network tunnel information CN Tunnel Info corresponding to the PSA under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, such as N9 tunnel information, can also be the core network tunnel information of the first UPF. The N9 tunnel information includes at least one of the following: N9 tunnel identifier, N9 tunnel address.
第三通信设备接收第三响应,第三响应中包含第二通信设备的IP地址和/或第二PLMN ID,第二通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。所述第三响应可以是:Nsmf_PDUSession_Create Response或者Nsmf_PDUSession_Update Response。The third communication device receives a third response. The third response includes the IP address and/or the second PLMN ID of the second communication device. The second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. The third response may be: Nsmf_PDUSession_Create Response or Nsmf_PDUSession_Update Response.
可选地,第三通信设备发送第三请求,可以是第三通信设备在根据第一信息选择用户面后发送第三请求,即第三通信设备发送第三请求的时机是在根据第一信息选择用户面后。Optionally, the third communication device sends the third request. The third communication device may send the third request after selecting the user plane according to the first information. That is, the third communication device sends the third request when the third communication device selects the user plane according to the first information. After selecting the user interface.
可选地,第三通信设备发送第三请求,可以是第三通信设备向第四通信设备发送第三请求。第四通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,具体可以是部署在第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下SMF或者V-SMF。相应的,第三通信设备接收第三响应,可以是第三通信设备从第四通信设备接收第三响应。即当第三通信设备想要在第二PLMN ID对应的运营商内建立或更新PDU会话时,可以向第四通信设备发送第三请求,第四通信设备接收到第三请求后,可以确定第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的第二通信设备的IP 地址和/或第二PLMN ID,然后将第二通信设备的IP地址和/或第二PLMN ID发送给第三通信设备,第三通信设备可以从第四通信设备接收第二通信设备的IP地址和/或第二PLMN ID。Optionally, the third communication device sends the third request, which may be the third communication device sending the third request to the fourth communication device. The fourth communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. Specifically, it may be an SMF or V-SMF deployed under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. Correspondingly, the third communication device receives the third response, which may be the third communication device receiving the third response from the fourth communication device. That is, when the third communication device wants to establish or update a PDU session within the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, it can send a third request to the fourth communication device. After receiving the third request, the fourth communication device can determine the third communication device. The IP of the second communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID address and/or the second PLMN ID, and then sending the IP address and/or the second PLMN ID of the second communication device to the third communication device, and the third communication device may receive the IP address of the second communication device from the fourth communication device and/or second PLMN ID.
可选地,作为一个实施例,第三通信设备接收的第三响应中还可以包括第三信息,第三信息可以包括以下至少一项:Optionally, as an embodiment, the third response received by the third communication device may also include third information, and the third information may include at least one of the following:
DNAI,该DNAI可以用于第一PLMN ID对应的运营商进行用户面选择,DNAI对应第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的DNAI;DNAI, this DNAI can be used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to select the user plane, and the DNAI corresponds to the DNAI under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID;
第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的本地PDU会话锚(PDU session anchor,PSA)IP地址;也可以是第二UPF的IP地址或ID;The local PDU session anchor (PSA) IP address of the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID; it can also be the IP address or ID of the second UPF;
第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的PSA对应的核心网隧道信息CN Tunnel Info,比如N9隧道信息,也可以是第二UPF的核心网隧道信息。所述N9隧道信息包括以下至少一项:N9隧道标识符,N9隧道地址。The core network tunnel information CN Tunnel Info corresponding to the PSA under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, such as N9 tunnel information, can also be the core network tunnel information of the second UPF. The N9 tunnel information includes at least one of the following: N9 tunnel identifier, N9 tunnel address.
第三通信设备在接收到第三响应后,可以根据第三响应中的第三信息在第二PLMN ID对应的运营商内建立或更新PDU会话,从而可以实现跨运营商访问EAS的目的。After receiving the third response, the third communication device can establish or update a PDU session within the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID according to the third information in the third response, thereby achieving the purpose of cross-operator access to the EAS.
在本申请实施例中,当第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的终端需要访问第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的边缘应用服务器时,通过将终端的DNS查询转发给第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备进行处理,可以获得需要访问的边缘应用服务器的IP地址,从而使得终端能够跨运营商访问边缘应用服务器。In the embodiment of this application, when the terminal under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID needs to access the edge application server under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, the DNS query of the terminal is forwarded to the terminal corresponding to the second PLMN ID. The communication equipment under the operator can obtain the IP address of the edge application server that needs to be accessed, so that the terminal can access the edge application server across operators.
另外本实施例中,当第四通信设备收到第三请求以后,可以根据第三请求中包含的信息,比如,根据DNAI执行用户面选择,选择出第二UPF;然后将第三请求中包括的第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的PSA对应的核心网隧道信息CN Tunnel Info,配置到第二UPF上,配置方式是通过N4过程,比如,N4session establishment request或者N4session modification request。In addition, in this embodiment, when the fourth communication device receives the third request, it can select the second UPF according to the information contained in the third request, for example, perform user plane selection according to DNAI; and then select the second UPF included in the third request. The core network tunnel information CN Tunnel Info corresponding to the PSA under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID is configured on the second UPF. The configuration method is through the N4 process, such as N4session establishment request or N4session modification request.
如图5所示,本申请实施例提供一种DNS查询方法500,该方法可以由第四通信设备执行,换言之,该DNS查询方法可以由安装在第四通信终端中的软件或硬件来执行,该DNS查询方法包括如下步骤。As shown in Figure 5, the embodiment of the present application provides a DNS query method 500, which can be executed by the fourth communication device. In other words, the DNS query method can be executed by software or hardware installed in the fourth communication terminal. The DNS query method includes the following steps.
S502:第四通信设备接收DNS响应,第四通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,DNS响应中包含FQDN以及与FQDN对应的EAS IP地址。S502: The fourth communication device receives a DNS response. The fourth communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. The DNS response includes the FQDN and the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN.
当第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的终端想要访问第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EAS时,该终端可以发送DNS查询,DNS查询中可以包括第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的FQDN,在这种情况下,第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的第四通信设备可以接收针 对该DNS查询的DNS响应。第四通信设备可以是第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF,可以是V-SMF或者SMF。When the terminal under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID wants to access the EAS under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, the terminal can send a DNS query, and the DNS query can include the EAS under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. FQDN, in this case, the fourth communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID can receive the pin The DNS response to this DNS query. The fourth communication device may be an SMF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and may be a V-SMF or an SMF.
可选地,作为一个实施例,第四通信设备接收DNS查询,可以是第四通信设备从第二通信设备接收DNS查询。具体地,终端在发送DNS请求后,第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的第一通信设备可以接收该DNS请求。由于DNS查询中的FQDN是第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,而第一通信设备是第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,无法解析该FQDN,因此,第一通信设备可以根据第一规则将DNS请求发送给第二通信设备,以便第二通信设备可以处理或解析DNS查询中的FQDN。第二通信设备接收到DNS查询后,可以从DNS服务器中查询与FQDN对应的EAS IP地址,然后向第四通信设备发送DNS响应,第四通信设备可以从第二通信设备接收DNS响应。其中,第一通信设备为第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,可选地,该第一通信设备可以是EASDF,该EASDF可以是部署在第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF或H-EASDF。第一通信设备根据第一规则将DNS查询发送给第二通信设备的具体实现方式可以参见图2所示的实施例,这里不再重复说明。第二通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,可选地,该第二通信设备可以是EASDF,该EASDF可以是部署在第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF或V-EASDF。第二通信设备进行DNS查询并发送DNS响应的具体实现方式可以参见图2所示的实施例,这里也不再重复说明。Optionally, as an embodiment, the fourth communication device receives the DNS query, which may be the fourth communication device receiving the DNS query from the second communication device. Specifically, after the terminal sends a DNS request, the first communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID can receive the DNS request. Since the FQDN in the DNS query is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the first communication device is the communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, the FQDN cannot be resolved. Therefore, the first communication device can The DNS request is sent to the second communication device according to the first rule so that the second communication device can process or resolve the FQDN in the DNS query. After receiving the DNS query, the second communication device can query the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN from the DNS server, and then send a DNS response to the fourth communication device. The fourth communication device can receive the DNS response from the second communication device. Wherein, the first communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. Optionally, the first communication device may be an EASDF, and the EASDF may be an EASDF deployed under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. or H-EASDF. The specific implementation method for the first communication device to send the DNS query to the second communication device according to the first rule can refer to the embodiment shown in Figure 2, and the description will not be repeated here. The second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. Optionally, the second communication device may be an EASDF. The EASDF may be an EASDF or V deployed under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. -EASDF. The specific implementation method of the second communication device performing a DNS query and sending a DNS response can be referred to the embodiment shown in Figure 2, and the description will not be repeated here.
DNS查询中包含的FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,该DNS查询用于请求查询与该FQDN对应的EAS IP地址。The FQDN included in the DNS query is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. The DNS query is used to request the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN.
可选地,DNS查询中包含的FQDN可以满足以下至少一项:Optionally, the FQDN included in the DNS query can satisfy at least one of the following:
FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的设备能够处理或解析的域名;FQDN is the domain name that the equipment under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID can process or resolve;
第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的设备无法解析该FQDN。The equipment under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID cannot resolve the FQDN.
其中,第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下能够处理或解析FQDN的设备可以是该运营商下的EASDF,即可以是第二通信设备。Among them, the device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID that can process or resolve the FQDN may be the EASDF under the operator, that is, it may be the second communication device.
S504:第四通信设备根据DNS响应确定第一信息,第一信息包括DNAI和/或第二UPF的IP地址或标识。S504: The fourth communication device determines the first information according to the DNS response, and the first information includes the DNAI and/or the IP address or identification of the second UPF.
可选地,第一信息还可以包括,所选择出的第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的PSA或UPF(即,第二UPF)对应的核心网隧道信息CN Tunnel Info,比如N9隧道信息。所述N9隧道信息包括以下至少一项:N9隧道标识符,N9隧道地址。Optionally, the first information may also include core network tunnel information CN Tunnel Info corresponding to the PSA or UPF (ie, the second UPF) under the operator corresponding to the selected second PLMN ID, such as N9 tunnel information. The N9 tunnel information includes at least one of the following: N9 tunnel identifier, N9 tunnel address.
第四通信设备在接收到DNS响应后,可以根据DNS响应确定第一信息。其中,第一信息可以包括DNAI和/或第二UPF的IP地址或标识,DNAI可以用于第一PLMN ID对 应的运营商进行用户面选择,第二UPF为第二PLMN ID所对应的运营商下的UPF,第二UPF的IP地址或标识用于第一PLMN ID对应的运营商建立PDU会话到第二PLMN ID对应的运营商。After receiving the DNS response, the fourth communication device may determine the first information according to the DNS response. Wherein, the first information may include DNAI and/or the IP address or identification of the second UPF, and DNAI may be used for the first PLMN ID pair. The corresponding operator performs user plane selection. The second UPF is the UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. The IP address or identification of the second UPF is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to establish a PDU session to the second The operator corresponding to the PLMN ID.
可选地,作为一个实施例,第四通信设备根据DNS响应确定第一信息,可以包括以下至少一项:Optionally, as an embodiment, the fourth communication device determines the first information based on the DNS response, which may include at least one of the following:
第四通信设备根据DNS响应中的EAS IP地址和/或FQDN确定DNAI;第四通信设备根据DNAI确定第二UPF。The fourth communication device determines the DNAI according to the EAS IP address and/or FQDN in the DNS response; the fourth communication device determines the second UPF according to the DNAI.
可选地,第四通信设备确定第二UPF以后,还可以确定第二UPF对应的核心网隧道信息CN Tunnel Info,比如N9隧道信息。所述N9隧道信息包括以下至少一项:N9隧道标识符,N9隧道地址。Optionally, after the fourth communication device determines the second UPF, it can also determine the core network tunnel information CN Tunnel Info corresponding to the second UPF, such as N9 tunnel information. The N9 tunnel information includes at least one of the following: N9 tunnel identifier, N9 tunnel address.
本实施例中,第四通信设备可以仅根据EAS IP地址和/或FQDN确定DNAI,不进行第二UPF的选择,在这种情况下,第二UPF可以由第一PLMN ID所对应的运营商下的第三通信设备进行选择或由第三通信设备触发第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的目标网元选择第二UPF。或者,第四通信设备也可以根据EAS IP地址和/或FQDN确定DNAI,以及进行第二UPF的选择,在这种情况下,第一PLMN ID所对应的运营商下的第三通信设备可以无需进行第二UPF的选择。In this embodiment, the fourth communication device may only determine the DNAI based on the EAS IP address and/or FQDN without selecting the second UPF. In this case, the second UPF may be determined by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. The third communication device under the third communication device makes a selection or the third communication device triggers the target network element under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID to select the second UPF. Alternatively, the fourth communication device can also determine the DNAI based on the EAS IP address and/or FQDN, and select the second UPF. In this case, the third communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID may not need Make the selection of the second UPF.
S506:第四通信设备发送第一信息。S506: The fourth communication device sends the first information.
第四通信设备在确定第一信息后,可以向其他设备发送该第一信息。After determining the first information, the fourth communication device may send the first information to other devices.
可选地,第四通信设备发送第一信息,可以包括:Optionally, the fourth communication device sends the first information, which may include:
第四通信设备向第二通信设备发送第一信息,第二通信设备为第二PLMN ID所对应的运营商下的通信设备;发送第一信息的信令,可以是以下至少一个:Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Request,Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Response,Neasdf_DNSContext_Update Request,Neasdf_DNSContext_Update Response。The fourth communication device sends the first information to the second communication device, and the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID; the signaling for sending the first information may be at least one of the following: Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Request, Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Response, Neasdf_DNSContext_Update Request, Neasdf_DNSContext_Update Response.
第四通信设备向第三通信设备发送第一信息,第三通信设备为第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。发送第一信息的信令,可以是以下至少一个:The fourth communication device sends the first information to the third communication device, and the third communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. The signaling for sending the first information may be at least one of the following:
Nsmf_PDUSession_Create Request/Response,Nsmf_PDUSession_Create Request/Response,
Nsmf_PDUSession_Update Request/Response,Nsmf_PDUSession_Update Request/Response,
Nsmf_PDUSession_CreateSMContext Request/Response,Nsmf_PDUSession_CreateSMContext Request/Response,
Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Request/Response,Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Request/Response,
Nsmf_PDUSession_SMContextStatusNotify,Nsmf_PDUSession_SMContextStatusNotify,
Nsmf_PDUSession_StatusNotify, Nsmf_PDUSession_StatusNotify,
Nsmf_PDUSession_ContextRequest,Nsmf_PDUSession_ContextRequest,
Nsmf_PDUSession_ContextPush。Nsmf_PDUSession_ContextPush.
第二通信设备可以是第二PLMN ID所对应的运营商下的EASDF。第三通信设备可以是第一PLMN ID所对应的运营商下的SMF。The second communication device may be an EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. The third communication device may be an SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
第四通信设备在向第三通信设备发送第一信息的情况下,第三通信设备在接收到第一信息后,可以根据第一信息选择用户面。第四通信设备在向第二通信设备发送第一信息的情况下,第二通信设备可以将第一信息发送给第一PLMN ID所对应的运营商下的第一通信设备,然后由第一通信设备将第一信息发送给第一PLMN ID所对应的运营商下的第三通信设备,第三通信设备在接收到第一信息后,可以根据第一信息选择用户面。其中,第二通信设备向第一通信设备发送第一信息、第一通信设备向第三通信设备发送第一信息以及第三通信设备根据第一信息选择用户面的具体实现方式可以分别参见图2、图3和图4所述实施例中相应步骤的具体实现,这里不再重复说明。When the fourth communication device sends the first information to the third communication device, after receiving the first information, the third communication device may select a user plane according to the first information. When the fourth communication device sends the first information to the second communication device, the second communication device may send the first information to the first communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, and then the first communication device The device sends the first information to the third communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. After receiving the first information, the third communication device can select a user plane according to the first information. The specific implementation methods of the second communication device sending the first information to the first communication device, the first communication device sending the first information to the third communication device, and the third communication device selecting the user plane according to the first information can be seen in Figure 2 respectively. , the specific implementation of the corresponding steps in the embodiments described in Figures 3 and 4 will not be repeated here.
可选地,作为一个实施例,第四通信设备还可以执行以下步骤:Optionally, as an embodiment, the fourth communication device may also perform the following steps:
第四通信设备接收第三请求,第三请求用于请求在第二PLMN ID对应的运营商内建立或更新PDU会话;The fourth communication device receives the third request, and the third request is used to request to establish or update a PDU session within the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
第四通信设备发送第三响应,第三响应中包含第二通信设备的IP地址以及第二PLMN ID,第二通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。The fourth communication device sends a third response. The third response includes the IP address of the second communication device and the second PLMN ID. The second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
所述第三请求可以是:Nsmf_PDUSession_Create Request或者Nsmf_PDUSession_Update Request。The third request may be: Nsmf_PDUSession_Create Request or Nsmf_PDUSession_Update Request.
可选地,所述第三请求中还可以包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the third request may also include at least one of the following:
DNAI,该DNAI可以用于第二PLMN ID对应的运营商进行用户面选择,DNAI对应第一PLMN ID或者第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的DNAI;DNAI, this DNAI can be used by the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID to select the user plane. The DNAI corresponds to the DNAI under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID or the second PLMN ID;
第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的本地PDU会话锚(PDU session anchor,PSA)IP地址;也可以是第一UPF的IP地址或者ID;The local PDU session anchor (PSA) IP address of the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID; it can also be the IP address or ID of the first UPF;
第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的PSA对应的核心网隧道信息CN Tunnel Info,比如N9隧道信息,也可以是第一UPF的核心网隧道信息。所述N9隧道信息包括以下至少一项:N9隧道标识符,N9隧道地址。The core network tunnel information CN Tunnel Info corresponding to the PSA under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, such as N9 tunnel information, can also be the core network tunnel information of the first UPF. The N9 tunnel information includes at least one of the following: N9 tunnel identifier, N9 tunnel address.
所述第三响应可以是:Nsmf_PDUSession_Create Response或者Nsmf_PDUSession_Update Response。The third response may be: Nsmf_PDUSession_Create Response or Nsmf_PDUSession_Update Response.
可选地,第四通信设备接收第三请求,可以是第四通信设备在发送第一信息后接收第三请求,即第四通信和设备接收第三请求的时机是在第四通信设备发送第一信息后。 Optionally, when the fourth communication device receives the third request, the fourth communication device may receive the third request after sending the first information, that is, the fourth communication device receives the third request when the fourth communication device sends the third request. After one message.
可选地,第四通信设备接收第三请求,可以是第四通信设备从第三通信设备接收第三请求。第三通信设备为第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,具体可以是部署在第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF或H-SMF。相应的,第四通信设备发送第三响应,可以是第四通信设备向第三通信设备发送第三响应。即当第三通信设备想要在第二PLMN ID对应的运营商内建立或更新PDU会话时,可以向第四通信设备发送第三请求,第四通信设备接收到第三请求后,可以确定第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的第二通信设备的IP地址和/或第二PLMN ID,然后将第二通信设备的IP地址和/或第二PLMN ID发送给第三通信设备。Optionally, the fourth communication device receives the third request, which may be the fourth communication device receiving the third request from the third communication device. The third communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. Specifically, it may be an SMF or H-SMF deployed under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. Correspondingly, the fourth communication device sends the third response, which may be the fourth communication device sending the third response to the third communication device. That is, when the third communication device wants to establish or update a PDU session in the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, it can send a third request to the fourth communication device. After receiving the third request, the fourth communication device can determine the third communication device. The IP address and/or the second PLMN ID of the second communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and then the IP address and/or the second PLMN ID of the second communication device are sent to the third communication device.
可选地,作为一个实施例,第四通信设备发送的第三响应中还可以包括第三信息,第三信息可以包括以下至少一项:Optionally, as an embodiment, the third response sent by the fourth communication device may also include third information, and the third information may include at least one of the following:
DNAI,DNAI用于第一PLMN ID对应的运营商进行用户面选择,DNAI对应第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的DNAI;DNAI, DNAI is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to select the user plane, and DNAI corresponds to the DNAI under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID;
第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的本地PSA IP地址,也可以是第二UPF的IP地址或ID;The local PSA IP address under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID can also be the IP address or ID of the second UPF;
第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的PSA对应的核心网隧道信息CN Tunnel Info,比如N9隧道信息,也可以是第二UPF的核心网隧道信息。所述N9隧道信息包括以下至少一项:N9隧道标识符,N9隧道地址。The core network tunnel information CN Tunnel Info corresponding to the PSA under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, such as N9 tunnel information, can also be the core network tunnel information of the second UPF. The N9 tunnel information includes at least one of the following: N9 tunnel identifier, N9 tunnel address.
第四通信设备在向第三通信设备发送第三响应后,第三通信设备可以根据第三响应中的第三信息在第二PLMN ID对应的运营商内建立或更新PDU会话,从而可以实现跨运营商访问EAS的目的。After the fourth communication device sends the third response to the third communication device, the third communication device can establish or update a PDU session in the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID according to the third information in the third response, so that cross-platform communication can be achieved. The purpose of the operator's access to EAS.
在本申请实施例中,当第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的终端需要访问第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的边缘应用服务器时,通过将终端的DNS查询转发给第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备进行处理,可以获得需要访问的边缘应用服务器的IP地址,从而使得终端能够跨运营商访问边缘应用服务器。In the embodiment of this application, when the terminal under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID needs to access the edge application server under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, the DNS query of the terminal is forwarded to the terminal corresponding to the second PLMN ID. The communication equipment under the operator can obtain the IP address of the edge application server that needs to be accessed, so that the terminal can access the edge application server across operators.
为了便于理解本申请实施例提供的技术方案,以下可以以四个实施例为例进行说明。In order to facilitate understanding of the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application, four embodiments may be used as examples for description below.
实施例一:第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF(或H-SMF)配置并向第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF(或H-EASDF)反馈第一规则(对第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名的处理规则)Embodiment 1: The SMF (or H-SMF) under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID configures and feeds back the first rule (to the second PLMN) to the EASDF (or H-EASDF) under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. Processing rules for domain names under the operator corresponding to the ID)
如图6所示,SMF在配置第一规则并将第一规则反馈给EASDF时,可以包括以下步骤:As shown in Figure 6, when SMF configures the first rule and feeds the first rule back to EASDF, the following steps can be included:
步骤1:AF向NEF提供第二信息。 Step 1: AF provides the second information to NEF.
第二信息包括以下至少一项:The second information includes at least one of the following:
FQDN和PLMN ID之间的映射关系,PLMN ID为能够解析FQDN的运营商所属的PLMN ID;Mapping relationship between FQDN and PLMN ID, PLMN ID is the PLMN ID of the operator that can resolve FQDN;
能够解析FQDN的网元的地址信息,和/或网元所属的PLMN ID。The address information of the network element that can resolve the FQDN and/or the PLMN ID to which the network element belongs.
步骤2:NEF将第二信息存储在UDR中。Step 2: NEF stores the second information in the UDR.
步骤3:SMF接收EASDF的第一请求,第一请求用于请求对FQDN的处理规则。Step 3: SMF receives the first request from EASDF, and the first request is used to request processing rules for FQDN.
EASDF在接收到包含特定FQDN的DNS查询后,可以向SMF发送第一请求。其中,DNS查询中包含的特定FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,EASDF无法解析该域名。EASDF may send a first request to SMF after receiving a DNS query containing a specific FQDN. Among them, the specific FQDN included in the DNS query is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and EASDF cannot resolve the domain name.
步骤4:SMF向NEF发送第二请求,第二请求用于请求获得第二信息。Step 4: SMF sends a second request to NEF, and the second request is used to request to obtain the second information.
步骤5:NEF从UDR中获得第二信息。Step 5: NEF obtains the second information from the UDR.
步骤6:NEF向SMF发送第二响应,第二响应中包含第二信息。Step 6: NEF sends a second response to SMF, and the second response contains the second information.
步骤7:SMF根据第二信息配置第一规则。Step 7: SMF configures the first rule according to the second information.
步骤8:SMF向EASDF发送第一响应,第一响应中包含第一规则。Step 8: SMF sends the first response to EASDF, and the first response contains the first rule.
基于图6所示的实施例,SMF可以配置第一规则,并在第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的终端需要跨运营商访问EAS时,可以将第一规则反馈给EASDF,以便EASDF对终端发送的DNS进行处理。Based on the embodiment shown in Figure 6, SMF can configure the first rule, and when the terminal under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID needs to access EAS across operators, the SMF can feed back the first rule to EASDF so that EASDF can monitor the terminal. Sent DNS for processing.
实施例二:DNS查询的处理过程——漫游地仅确定DNAIEmbodiment 2: Processing process of DNS query - only determine the DNAI of the roaming location
如图7所示,当第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的终端发送DNS查询请求时,对DNS的处理可以包括以下步骤:As shown in Figure 7, when the terminal under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID sends a DNS query request, the DNS processing may include the following steps:
步骤1:UE向第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF发送DNS查询请求。Step 1: The UE sends a DNS query request to the EASDF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
UE为第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的终端,DNS查询中包含第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的FQDN。The UE is a terminal under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, and the DNS query contains the FQDN under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
步骤2:第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF向第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF发送第一请求,第一请求用于请求对FQDN的处理规则。Step 2: The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID sends a first request to the SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. The first request is used to request processing rules for FQDN.
步骤3:第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF向第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF发送第一响应,第一响应中包含第一规则。Step 3: The SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID sends the first response to the EASDF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, and the first response contains the first rule.
步骤4:第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF根据第一规则向第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF发送DNS查询。Step 4: The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID sends a DNS query to the EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID according to the first rule.
第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF可以处理或解析DNS查询中的FQDN。 The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID can process or resolve the FQDN in the DNS query.
步骤5:第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF转发DNS查询至DNS服务器。Step 5: The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID forwards the DNS query to the DNS server.
DNS服务器为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的DNS服务器。The DNS server is the DNS server under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
步骤6:第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF从DNS服务器接收与FQDN对应的EAS IP地址。Step 6: The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID receives the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN from the DNS server.
步骤7:第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF向第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF发送DNS响应。Step 7: The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID sends a DNS response to the EASDF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
DNS响应中包含DNS查询中的FQDN以及与该FQDN对应的EAS IP地址。The DNS response contains the FQDN in the DNS query and the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN.
步骤8:第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF向第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF发送DNS响应。Step 8: The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID sends a DNS response to the SMF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
步骤7和步骤8可以同时进行,或者先执行步骤7后执行步骤8,或先执行步骤8后执行步骤7,这里不做具体限定。Step 7 and step 8 can be performed at the same time, or step 7 is performed first and then step 8 is performed, or step 8 is performed first and then step 7 is performed. There is no specific limitation here.
步骤9:第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF根据DNS响应确定DNAI。Step 9: The SMF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID determines the DNAI based on the DNS response.
步骤10:第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF向第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF发送第一信息,第一信息中包含DNAI。Step 10: The SMF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID sends the first information to the SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, and the first information includes DNAI.
步骤11:第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF向第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF发送第一信息,第一信息中包含DNAI。Step 11: The SMF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID sends the first information to the EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the first information contains DNAI.
步骤12:第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF向第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF发送第一信息,第一信息中包含DNAI。Step 12: The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID sends the first information to the EASDF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, and the first information includes DNAI.
步骤13:第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF向第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF发送第一信息,第一信息中包含DNAI。Step 13: The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID sends the first information to the SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. The first information includes DNAI.
需要说明的是,上述步骤10至13可选执行,比如,可以仅执行步骤10,不执行步骤11至13,或者可以执行步骤11至13,不执行步骤10。It should be noted that the above-mentioned steps 10 to 13 are optional. For example, only step 10 may be performed without performing steps 11 to 13, or steps 11 to 13 may be performed without step 10.
步骤14:第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF根据第一信息进行用户面选择。Step 14: The SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID performs user plane selection based on the first information.
第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF根据第一信息选择用户面时,可以包括:When the SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID selects the user plane based on the first information, it may include:
根据第一信息在第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下选择第一UPF和/或UL CL;Select the first UPF and/or UL CL under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID according to the first information;
根据第一信息在第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下选择第二UPF,或,根据第一信息触发第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF选择第二UPF。Select the second UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID according to the first information, or trigger the SMF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID to select the second UPF according to the first information.
实施例三:DNS查询的处理过程——漫游地确定DNAI以及选择第二UPFEmbodiment 3: DNS Query Processing—Determining DNAI Roamingly and Selecting the Second UPF
如图8所示,当第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的终端发送DNS查询请求时,对DNS的处理可以包括以下步骤: As shown in Figure 8, when the terminal under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID sends a DNS query request, the DNS processing may include the following steps:
步骤1:UE向第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF发送DNS查询请求。Step 1: The UE sends a DNS query request to the EASDF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
UE为第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的终端,DNS查询中包含第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的FQDN。The UE is a terminal under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, and the DNS query contains the FQDN under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
步骤2:第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF向第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF发送第一请求,第一请求用于请求对FQDN的处理规则。Step 2: The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID sends a first request to the SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. The first request is used to request processing rules for FQDN.
步骤3:第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF向第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF发送第一响应,第一响应中包含第一规则。Step 3: The SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID sends the first response to the EASDF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, and the first response contains the first rule.
步骤4:第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF根据第一规则向第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF发送DNS查询。Step 4: The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID sends a DNS query to the EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID according to the first rule.
第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF可以处理或解析DNS查询中的FQDN。The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID can process or resolve the FQDN in the DNS query.
步骤5:第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF转发DNS查询至DNS服务器。Step 5: The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID forwards the DNS query to the DNS server.
DNS服务器为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的DNS服务器。The DNS server is the DNS server under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
步骤6:第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF从DNS服务器接收与FQDN对应的EAS IP地址。Step 6: The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID receives the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN from the DNS server.
步骤7:第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF向第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF发送DNS响应。Step 7: The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID sends a DNS response to the EASDF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
DNS响应中包含DNS查询中的FQDN以及与该FQDN对应的EAS IP地址。The DNS response contains the FQDN in the DNS query and the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN.
步骤8:第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF向第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF发送DNS响应。Step 8: The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID sends a DNS response to the SMF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
步骤7和步骤8可以同时进行,或者先执行步骤7后执行步骤8,或先执行步骤8后执行步骤7,这里不做具体限定。Step 7 and step 8 can be performed at the same time, or step 7 is performed first and then step 8 is performed, or step 8 is performed first and then step 7 is performed. There is no specific limitation here.
步骤9:第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF根据DNS响应确定DNAI以及根据DNAI选择第二UPF。Step 9: The SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID determines the DNAI based on the DNS response and selects the second UPF based on the DNAI.
步骤10:第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF向第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF发送第一信息,第一信息中包含DNAI和第二UPF的地址或标识。Step 10: The SMF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID sends the first information to the SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. The first information includes the DNAI and the address or identification of the second UPF.
步骤11:第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF向第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF发送第一信息,第一信息中包含DNAI和第二UPF的地址或标识。Step 11: The SMF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID sends the first information to the EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. The first information includes the DNAI and the address or identification of the second UPF.
步骤12:第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF向第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF发送第一信息,第一信息中包含DNAI和第二UPF的地址或标识。Step 12: The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID sends the first information to the EASDF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. The first information includes the DNAI and the address or identification of the second UPF.
步骤13:第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF向第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF发送第一信息,第一信息中包含DNAI和第二UPF的地址或标识。 Step 13: The EASDF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID sends the first information to the SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. The first information includes the DNAI and the address or identification of the second UPF.
需要说明的是,上述步骤10至13可选执行,比如,可以仅执行步骤10,不执行步骤11至13,或者可以执行步骤11至13,不执行步骤10。It should be noted that the above-mentioned steps 10 to 13 are optional. For example, only step 10 may be performed without performing steps 11 to 13, or steps 11 to 13 may be performed without step 10.
步骤14:第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF根据第一信息进行用户面选择。Step 14: The SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID performs user plane selection based on the first information.
第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF根据第一信息选择用户面时,可以包括:When the SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID selects the user plane based on the first information, it may include:
根据第一信息在第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下选择第一UPF和/或UL CL。Select the first UPF and/or UL CL under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID according to the first information.
实施例四:PDU会话的建立过程Embodiment 4: PDU session establishment process
如图9所示,当第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF与第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF之间建立或更新PDU会话时,可以包括以下步骤:As shown in Figure 9, when a PDU session is established or updated between the SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID and the SMF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, the following steps may be included:
步骤1:第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF向第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF发送第三请求,第三请求用于请求在第二PLMN ID对应的运营商内建立或更新PDU会话。Step 1: The SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID sends a third request to the SMF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. The third request is used to request establishment or update within the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. PDU session.
步骤2:第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF确定第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的EASDF的IP地址和/或第二PLMN ID。Step 2: The SMF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID determines the IP address and/or the second PLMN ID of the EASDF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
步骤3:第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF向第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF发送第三响应,第三响应中包含EASDF的IP地址和/或第二PLMN ID。Step 3: The SMF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID sends a third response to the SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. The third response contains the IP address of the EASDF and/or the second PLMN ID.
步骤4:第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF向第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF发送第三信息。Step 4: The SMF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID sends the third information to the SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
第三信息包括以下至少一项:The third information includes at least one of the following:
DNAI,DNAI用于第一PLMN ID对应的运营商进行用户面选择,DNAI对应第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的DNAI;DNAI, DNAI is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to select the user plane, and DNAI corresponds to the DNAI under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID;
第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的本地PSA IP地址;The local PSA IP address of the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的PSA对应的核心网隧道信息CN Tunnel Info。The core network tunnel information CN Tunnel Info corresponding to the PSA under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
可选地,第三信息可以携带在第三响应中。Optionally, the third information may be carried in the third response.
步骤5:第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF根据第三响应和第三信息建立或更新与第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的SMF之间的PDU会话。Step 5: The SMF under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID establishes or updates a PDU session with the SMF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID based on the third response and the third information.
在本申请实施例中,当第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的终端需要访问第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的边缘应用服务器时,通过将终端的DNS查询转发给第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备进行处理,可以获得需要访问的边缘应用服务器的IP地址,从而使得终端能够跨运营商访问边缘应用服务器。 In the embodiment of this application, when the terminal under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID needs to access the edge application server under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, the DNS query of the terminal is forwarded to the terminal corresponding to the second PLMN ID. The communication equipment under the operator can obtain the IP address of the edge application server that needs to be accessed, so that the terminal can access the edge application server across operators.
本申请实施例提供的DNS查询方法,执行主体可以为DNS查询装置。本申请实施例中以DNS查询装置执行DNS查询方法为例,说明本申请实施例提供的DNS查询装置。For the DNS query method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the execution subject may be a DNS query device. In the embodiment of the present application, the DNS query method performed by the DNS query device is used as an example to illustrate the DNS query device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
图10是根据本申请实施例的DNS查询装置的结构示意图,该装置可以对应于其他实施例中的第一通信设备。如图10所示,装置1000包括如下模块。Figure 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a DNS query device according to an embodiment of the present application. This device may correspond to the first communication device in other embodiments. As shown in Figure 10, the device 1000 includes the following modules.
接收模块1001,用于接收域名系统DNS查询,所述DNS查询中包含全限定域名FQDN,所述第一通信设备为第一公用陆地移动网络PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名;The receiving module 1001 is configured to receive a domain name system DNS query, the DNS query includes the fully qualified domain name FQDN, and the first communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first public land mobile network PLMN ID, and the FQDN It is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
发送模块1002,用于向第二通信设备发送所述DNS查询,所述第二通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。The sending module 1002 is configured to send the DNS query to a second communication device, where the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述发送模块1002,用于:Optionally, as an embodiment, the sending module 1002 is used to:
根据第一规则向所述第二通信设备发送所述DNS查询,所述第一规则为所述FQDN的处理规则,所述第一规则用于指示将包含所述FQDN的DNS查询发送给所述第二通信设备。The DNS query is sent to the second communication device according to a first rule, the first rule is a processing rule for the FQDN, and the first rule is used to instruct the DNS query containing the FQDN to be sent to the second communication device. Second communication device.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述发送模块1002,还用于发送第一请求,所述第一请求用于请求对所述FQDN的处理规则;Optionally, as an embodiment, the sending module 1002 is also configured to send a first request, where the first request is used to request processing rules for the FQDN;
所述接收模块1001,还用于接收第一响应,所述第一响应中包含所述第一规则。The receiving module 1001 is also configured to receive a first response, where the first response contains the first rule.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述发送模块1002,用于向第三通信设备发送所述第一请求,所述第三通信设备为所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备;Optionally, as an embodiment, the sending module 1002 is configured to send the first request to a third communication device. The third communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. ;
所述接收模块1001,用于从所述第三通信设备接收所述第一响应。The receiving module 1001 is configured to receive the first response from the third communication device.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述FQDN为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,包括以下至少一项:Optionally, as an embodiment, the FQDN is a domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, including at least one of the following:
所述FQDN为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的设备能够处理或解析的域名;The FQDN is a domain name that can be processed or resolved by the equipment of the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的设备无法解析所述FQDN。The equipment under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID cannot resolve the FQDN.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述第一规则还用于指示所述第二通信设备的地址信息;Optionally, as an embodiment, the first rule is also used to indicate the address information of the second communication device;
其中,所述发送模块1002,还用于:Among them, the sending module 1002 is also used for:
根据所述第一规则指示的所述地址信息发送所述DNS查询。The DNS query is sent according to the address information indicated by the first rule.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述接收模块1001,还用于:Optionally, as an embodiment, the receiving module 1001 is also used to:
接收DNS响应;Receive DNS response;
其中,所述DNS响应中包含所述FQDN以及与所述FQDN对应的边缘应用服务器互联网协议EAS IP地址。Wherein, the DNS response includes the FQDN and the edge application server Internet Protocol EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述接收模块1001,还用于: Optionally, as an embodiment, the receiving module 1001 is also used to:
从第二通信设备接收所述DNS响应,所述第二通信设备为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。The DNS response is received from a second communication device, which is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述接收模块1001,还用于接收第一信息,所述第一信息包括数据网络接入标识符DNAI和/或第二用户面UPF的IP地址或标识;Optionally, as an embodiment, the receiving module 1001 is also configured to receive first information, where the first information includes the data network access identifier DNAI and/or the IP address or identification of the second user plane UPF;
所述发送模块1002,还用于发送所述第一信息;The sending module 1002 is also used to send the first information;
其中,所述DNAI用于所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商进行用户面选择,所述DNAI基于所述DNS响应中的所述EAS IP地址和/或所述FQDN确定,所述第二UPF为所述第二PLMN ID所对应的运营商下的UPF,所述第二UPF的IP地址或标识用于所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商建立协议数据单元PDU会话到所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商,所述第二UPF基于所述DNAI确定。Wherein, the DNAI is used for user plane selection by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, the DNAI is determined based on the EAS IP address and/or the FQDN in the DNS response, and the second UPF For the UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, the IP address or identification of the second UPF is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to establish a protocol data unit PDU session to the second PLMN. The operator corresponding to the ID, the second UPF is determined based on the DNAI.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述接收模块1001,还用于:Optionally, as an embodiment, the receiving module 1001 is also used to:
从第二通信设备接收所述第一信息,所述第二通信设备为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。The first information is received from a second communication device, which is a communication device under an operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述发送模块1002,还用于:Optionally, as an embodiment, the sending module 1002 is also used to:
向第三通信设备发送所述第一信息,所述第三通信设备为所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。Send the first information to a third communication device, where the third communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
根据本申请实施例的装置1000可以参照对应本申请实施例的方法200的流程,并且,该装置1000中的各个单元/模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法200中的相应流程,并且能够达到相同或等同的技术效果,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The device 1000 according to the embodiment of the present application can refer to the process of the method 200 corresponding to the embodiment of the present application, and each unit/module in the device 1000 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are respectively to implement the corresponding process in the method 200, And can achieve the same or equivalent technical effects. For the sake of simplicity, they will not be described again here.
图11是根据本申请实施例的DNS查询装置的结构示意图,该装置可以对应于其他实施例中的第二通信设备。如图11所示,装置1100包括如下模块。Figure 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a DNS query device according to an embodiment of the present application. This device may correspond to the second communication device in other embodiments. As shown in Figure 11, the device 1100 includes the following modules.
接收模块1101,用于接收DNS查询,所述DNS查询由第一通信设备发送,所述第一通信设备为第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述DNS查询中包含FQDN,所述FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,所述第二通信设备为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备;The receiving module 1101 is used to receive a DNS query. The DNS query is sent by a first communication device. The first communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. The DNS query contains the FQDN, so The FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the second communication device is the communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
发送模块1102,用于转发所述DNS查询至DNS服务器,获得所述FQDN对应的EAS IP地址。The sending module 1102 is used to forward the DNS query to the DNS server to obtain the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述FQDN为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,包括以下至少一项:Optionally, as an embodiment, the FQDN is a domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, including at least one of the following:
所述FQDN为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的设备能够处理或解析的域名;The FQDN is a domain name that can be processed or resolved by the equipment of the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的设备无法解析所述FQDN。 The equipment under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID cannot resolve the FQDN.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述发送模块1102,还用于:Optionally, as an embodiment, the sending module 1102 is also used to:
发送DNS响应;Send DNS response;
其中,所述DNS查询响应中包含所述FQDN以及所述EAS IP地址。Wherein, the DNS query response includes the FQDN and the EAS IP address.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述发送模块1102,用于以下至少一项:Optionally, as an embodiment, the sending module 1102 is used for at least one of the following:
向所述第一通信设备发送所述DNS响应;Send the DNS response to the first communication device;
向第四通信设备发送所述DNS响应,所述第四通信设备为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述DNS响应用于所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的用户面选择。Send the DNS response to a fourth communication device, the fourth communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the DNS response is used to under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID User interface selection.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述接收模块1101,用于接收第一信息,所述第一信息包括DNAI和/或第二UPF的IP地址或标识;Optionally, as an embodiment, the receiving module 1101 is configured to receive first information, where the first information includes DNAI and/or the IP address or identification of the second UPF;
所述发送模块1102,用于发送所述第一信息;The sending module 1102 is used to send the first information;
其中,所述DNAI用于所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商进行用户面选择,所述DNAI基于所述DNS响应中的所述EAS IP地址和/或所述FQDN确定,所述第二UPF为所述第二PLMN ID所对应的运营商下的UPF,所述第二UPF的IP地址或标识用于所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商建立协议数据单元PDU会话到所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商,所述第二UPF基于所述DNAI确定。Wherein, the DNAI is used for user plane selection by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, the DNAI is determined based on the EAS IP address and/or the FQDN in the DNS response, and the second UPF For the UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, the IP address or identification of the second UPF is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to establish a protocol data unit PDU session to the second PLMN. The operator corresponding to the ID, the second UPF is determined based on the DNAI.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述接收模块1101,用于:Optionally, as an embodiment, the receiving module 1101 is used to:
从第四通信设备接收所述第一信息,所述第四通信设备为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。The first information is received from a fourth communication device, which is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述发送模块1102,用于:Optionally, as an embodiment, the sending module 1102 is used to:
向所述第一通信设备发送所述第一信息。Send the first information to the first communications device.
根据本申请实施例的装置1100可以参照对应本申请实施例的方法300的流程,并且,该装置1100中的各个单元/模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法300中的相应流程,并且能够达到相同或等同的技术效果,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The device 1100 according to the embodiment of the present application can refer to the process corresponding to the method 300 of the embodiment of the present application, and each unit/module in the device 1100 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are respectively to implement the corresponding process in the method 300, And can achieve the same or equivalent technical effects. For the sake of simplicity, they will not be described again here.
图12是根据本申请实施例的DNS查询装置的结构示意图,该装置可以对应于其他实施例中的第三通信设备。如图12所示,装置1200包括如下模块。Figure 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a DNS query device according to an embodiment of the present application. This device may correspond to a third communication device in other embodiments. As shown in Figure 12, the device 1200 includes the following modules.
接收模块1201,用于接收第一请求,所述第一请求用于请求对FQDN的处理规则,所述FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,所述第三通信设备为第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备;The receiving module 1201 is used to receive a first request. The first request is used to request processing rules for FQDN. The FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. The third communication device is the first Communication equipment under the operator corresponding to the PLMN ID;
发送模块1202,用于发送第一响应,所述第一响应中包含第一规则,所述第一规则为所述FQDN的处理规则,所述第一规则用于指示将包含所述FQDN的DNS查询发送给 第二通信设备,所述第二通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。Sending module 1202, configured to send a first response, the first response includes a first rule, the first rule is a processing rule for the FQDN, and the first rule is used to indicate that the DNS containing the FQDN will be Inquiries sent to A second communication device, the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述FQDN为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,包括以下至少一项:Optionally, as an embodiment, the FQDN is a domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, including at least one of the following:
所述FQDN为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的设备能够处理或解析的域名;The FQDN is a domain name that can be processed or resolved by the equipment of the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的设备无法解析所述FQDN。The equipment under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID cannot resolve the FQDN.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述接收模块1201,用于:Optionally, as an embodiment, the receiving module 1201 is used to:
从第一通信设备接收所述第一请求,所述第一通信设备为所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述第一请求由所述第一通信设备在接收到DNS查询的情况下发送,所述DNS查询中包含所述FQDN;The first request is received from a first communication device, which is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. The first request is received by the first communication device after receiving DNS Sent in case of query, the DNS query contains the FQDN;
其中,所述发送模块1202,用于:Among them, the sending module 1202 is used for:
向所述第一通信设备发送所述第一响应。Send the first response to the first communications device.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述第一规则还用于指示所述第二通信设备的地址信息。Optionally, as an embodiment, the first rule is also used to indicate the address information of the second communication device.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述装置1200还包括配置模块1203,其中:Optionally, as an embodiment, the device 1200 also includes a configuration module 1203, wherein:
所述发送模块1202,用于发送第二请求,所述第二请求用于请求获得第二信息;The sending module 1202 is used to send a second request, and the second request is used to request to obtain second information;
所述接收模块1201,用于接收第二响应,所述第二响应中包含所述第二信息;The receiving module 1201 is configured to receive a second response, where the second response contains the second information;
所述配置模块1203,用于根据所述第二信息配置所述第一规则;The configuration module 1203 is used to configure the first rule according to the second information;
其中,所述第二信息包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the second information includes at least one of the following:
所述FQDN和PLMN ID之间的映射关系,所述PLMN ID为能够解析所述FQDN的运营商所属的PLMN ID;The mapping relationship between the FQDN and the PLMN ID, where the PLMN ID is the PLMN ID to which the operator that can parse the FQDN belongs;
能够解析所述FQDN的网元的地址信息,和/或所述网元所属的PLMN ID。The address information of the network element that can resolve the FQDN and/or the PLMN ID to which the network element belongs.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述发送模块1202,用于:Optionally, as an embodiment, the sending module 1202 is used to:
向网络开放功能NEF发送所述第二请求;Send the second request to the network opening function NEF;
其中,所述接收模块1201,用于:Among them, the receiving module 1201 is used for:
从所述NEF接收所述第二响应。The second response is received from the NEF.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述第二信息由所述NEF从统一数据存储UDR中获取得到,所述第二信息由应用功能AF提供并由所述AF通过所述NEF预先存储到所述UDR中。Optionally, as an embodiment, the second information is obtained by the NEF from the unified data storage UDR, the second information is provided by the application function AF and is pre-stored by the AF to the NEF through the NEF. described in the UDR.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述装置1200还包括确定模块1204,其中:Optionally, as an embodiment, the device 1200 further includes a determining module 1204, wherein:
所述接收模块1201,还用于接收第一信息,所述第一信息包括DNAI和/或第二UPF的IP地址或标识;The receiving module 1201 is also configured to receive first information, where the first information includes DNAI and/or the IP address or identification of the second UPF;
所述确定模块1204,用于根据所述第一信息选择用户面; The determination module 1204 is used to select a user plane according to the first information;
其中,所述DNAI用于所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商进行用户面选择,所述DNAI基于所述DNS响应中的所述EAS IP地址和/或所述FQDN确定,所述第二UPF为所述第二PLMN ID所对应的运营商下的UPF,所述第二UPF的IP地址或标识用于所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商建立PDU会话到所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商,所述第二UPF基于所述DNAI确定。Wherein, the DNAI is used for user plane selection by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, the DNAI is determined based on the EAS IP address and/or the FQDN in the DNS response, and the second UPF For the UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, the IP address or identification of the second UPF is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to establish a PDU session to the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. Operator, the second UPF is determined based on the DNAI.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述确定模块1204,用于以下至少一项:Optionally, as an embodiment, the determination module 1204 is used for at least one of the following:
根据所述第一信息在所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下选择第一UPF和/或UL CL上行分流器;Select the first UPF and/or UL CL uplink splitter under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID according to the first information;
根据所述第一信息在所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下选择第二UPF,或,根据所述第一信息触发第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的目标网元选择第二UPF,所述目标网元包括第四通信设备,所述第四通信设备为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。Select the second UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID according to the first information, or trigger the target network element under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID to select the second UPF according to the first information, The target network element includes a fourth communication device, and the fourth communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述接收模块1201,还用于以下至少一项:Optionally, as an embodiment, the receiving module 1201 is also used for at least one of the following:
所述第三通信设备从所述第一通信设备接收所述第一信息;the third communication device receives the first information from the first communication device;
所述第三通信设备从第四通信设备接收所述第一信息,所述第四通信设备为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。The third communication device receives the first information from a fourth communication device, and the fourth communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述发送模块1202,还用于发送第三请求,所述第三请求用于请求在第二PLMN ID对应的运营商内建立或更新PDU会话;Optionally, as an embodiment, the sending module 1202 is also configured to send a third request, where the third request is used to request the establishment or update of a PDU session within the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
所述接收模块1201,还用于接收第三响应,所述第三响应中包含第二通信设备的IP地址和/或所述第二PLMN ID,所述第二通信设备为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。The receiving module 1201 is also configured to receive a third response, where the third response includes the IP address of a second communication device and/or the second PLMN ID, and the second communication device is the second PLMN. The communication device under the operator corresponding to the ID.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述发送模块1202,用于:Optionally, as an embodiment, the sending module 1202 is used to:
向第四通信设备发送所述第三请求,所述第四通信设备为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备;Send the third request to a fourth communication device, where the fourth communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
其中,所述接收模块1201,用于:Among them, the receiving module 1201 is used for:
从所述第四通信设备接收所述第三响应。The third response is received from the fourth communications device.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述第三响应中还包括第三信息,所述第三信息包括以下至少一项:Optionally, as an embodiment, the third response also includes third information, and the third information includes at least one of the following:
DNAI,所述DNAI用于所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商进行用户面选择,所述DNAI对应所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的DNAI;DNAI, the DNAI is used for user plane selection by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, and the DNAI corresponds to the DNAI under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID;
所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的本地PSA IP地址;The local PSA IP address of the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的PSA对应的核心网隧道信息CN Tunnel Info。 Core network tunnel information CN Tunnel Info corresponding to the PSA under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
根据本申请实施例的装置1200可以参照对应本申请实施例的方法400的流程,并且,该装置1200中的各个单元/模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法400中的相应流程,并且能够达到相同或等同的技术效果,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The device 1200 according to the embodiment of the present application can refer to the process corresponding to the method 400 of the embodiment of the present application, and each unit/module and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions in the device 1200 are respectively to implement the corresponding process in the method 400, And can achieve the same or equivalent technical effects. For the sake of simplicity, they will not be described again here.
图13是根据本申请实施例的DNS查询装置的结构示意图,该装置可以对应于其他实施例中的第四通信设备。如图13所示,装置1300包括如下模块。Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a DNS query device according to an embodiment of the present application. This device may correspond to the fourth communication device in other embodiments. As shown in Figure 13, the device 1300 includes the following modules.
接收模块1301,用于接收DNS响应,所述第四通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述DNS响应中包含FQDN以及与所述FQDN对应的EAS IP地址;The receiving module 1301 is used to receive a DNS response. The fourth communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. The DNS response includes the FQDN and the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN;
确定模块1302,用于根据所述DNS响应确定第一信息,所述第一信息包括DNAI和/或第二UPF的IP地址或标识;Determining module 1302, configured to determine first information according to the DNS response, where the first information includes DNAI and/or the IP address or identification of the second UPF;
发送模块1303,用于发送所述第一信息;Sending module 1303, used to send the first information;
其中,所述DNAI用于第一PLMN ID对应的运营商进行用户面选择,所述第二UPF为所述第二PLMN ID所对应的运营商下的UPF,所述第二UPF的IP地址或标识用于所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商建立PDU会话到所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商。Wherein, the DNAI is used for user plane selection by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, the second UPF is the UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the IP address of the second UPF or The identifier is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to establish a PDU session to the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述接收模块1301,用于:Optionally, as an embodiment, the receiving module 1301 is used to:
从第二通信设备接收所述DNS响应;receiving the DNS response from the second communications device;
其中,所述第二通信设备为所述第二PLMN ID所对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述EAS IP地址由所述第二通信设备将DNS查询转发至DNS服务器后获得,所述DNS查询由第一通信设备发送,所述第一通信设备为第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述DNS查询中包含所述FQDN。Wherein, the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the EAS IP address is obtained by the second communication device forwarding a DNS query to a DNS server, and the DNS The query is sent by the first communication device, which is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, and the DNS query includes the FQDN.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述FQDN为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,包括以下至少一项:Optionally, as an embodiment, the FQDN is a domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, including at least one of the following:
所述FQDN为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的设备能够处理或解析的域名;The FQDN is a domain name that can be processed or resolved by the equipment of the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的设备无法解析所述FQDN。The equipment under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID cannot resolve the FQDN.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述确定模块1302,用于以下至少一项:Optionally, as an embodiment, the determination module 1302 is used for at least one of the following:
根据所述DNS响应中的所述EAS IP地址和/或所述FQDN确定所述DNAI;Determine the DNAI based on the EAS IP address and/or the FQDN in the DNS response;
根据所述DNAI确定所述第二UPF。The second UPF is determined based on the DNAI.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述发送模块1303,用于:Optionally, as an embodiment, the sending module 1303 is used to:
向第二通信设备发送所述第一信息,所述第二通信设备为所述第二PLMN ID所对应的运营商下的通信设备;Send the first information to a second communication device, where the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
向第三通信设备发送所述第一信息,所述第三通信设备为所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。 Send the first information to a third communication device, where the third communication device is a communication device under an operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述接收模块1301,还用于接收第三请求,所述第三请求用于请求在第二PLMN ID对应的运营商内建立或更新PDU会话;Optionally, as an embodiment, the receiving module 1301 is also configured to receive a third request, where the third request is used to request to establish or update a PDU session within the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
所述发送模块1303,还用于发送第三响应,所述第三响应中包含第二通信设备的IP地址以及所述第二PLMN ID,所述第二通信设备为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。The sending module 1303 is also used to send a third response. The third response includes the IP address of the second communication device and the second PLMN ID. The second communication device corresponds to the second PLMN ID. communications equipment under the operator.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述接收模块1301,用于:Optionally, as an embodiment, the receiving module 1301 is used to:
从第三通信设备接收所述第三请求,所述第三通信设备为所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备;Receive the third request from a third communication device, where the third communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID;
其中,所述发送模块1303,用于:Among them, the sending module 1303 is used for:
向所述第三通信设备发送所述第三响应。Send the third response to the third communication device.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述第三响应中还包括第三信息,所述第三信息包括以下至少一项:Optionally, as an embodiment, the third response also includes third information, and the third information includes at least one of the following:
DNAI,所述DNAI用于所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商进行用户面选择,所述DNAI对应所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的DNAI;DNAI, the DNAI is used for user plane selection by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, and the DNAI corresponds to the DNAI under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID;
所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的本地PSA IP地址;The local PSA IP address of the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的PSA对应的核心网隧道信息。The core network tunnel information corresponding to the PSA under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
根据本申请实施例的装置1300可以参照对应本申请实施例的方法500的流程,并且,该装置1300中的各个单元/模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法500中的相应流程,并且能够达到相同或等同的技术效果,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The device 1300 according to the embodiment of the present application can refer to the process corresponding to the method 500 of the embodiment of the present application, and each unit/module and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions in the device 1300 are respectively to implement the corresponding process in the method 500, And can achieve the same or equivalent technical effects. For the sake of simplicity, they will not be described again here.
本申请实施例中的DNS查询装置可以是电子设备,例如具有操作系统的电子设备,也可以是电子设备中的部件,例如集成电路或芯片。该电子设备可以是终端,也可以为除终端之外的其他设备。示例性的,终端可以包括但不限于上述所列举的终端11的类型,其他设备可以为服务器、网络附属存储器(Network Attached Storage,NAS)等,本申请实施例不作具体限定。The DNS query device in the embodiment of the present application may be an electronic device, such as an electronic device with an operating system, or may be a component in the electronic device, such as an integrated circuit or chip. The electronic device may be a terminal or other devices other than the terminal. For example, terminals may include but are not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and other devices may be servers, network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of this application.
本申请实施例提供的DNS查询装置能够实现图2至图9的方法实施例实现的各个过程,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The DNS query device provided by the embodiments of the present application can implement each process implemented by the method embodiments of Figures 2 to 9, and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid duplication, the details will not be described here.
可选的,如图14所示,本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备1400,包括处理器m01和存储器1402,存储器1402上存储有可在所述处理器1401上运行的程序或指令,例如,该通信设备1400为第一通信设备时,该程序或指令被处理器1401执行时实现上述图2所示的DNS查询方法实施例的各个步骤,且能达到相同的技术效果,该通信设备1400为第二通信设备时,该程序或指令被处理器1401执行时实现上述图3所示的DNS查询方 法实施例的各个步骤,且能达到相同的技术效果,该通信设备1400为第三通信设备时,该程序或指令被处理器1401执行时实现上述图4所示的DNS查询方法实施例的各个步骤,且能达到相同的技术效果,该通信设备1400为第四通信设备时,该程序或指令被处理器1401执行时实现上述图5所示的DNS查询方法实施例的各个步骤,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。Optionally, as shown in Figure 14, this embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1400, including a processor m01 and a memory 1402. The memory 1402 stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor 1401, for example , when the communication device 1400 is the first communication device, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 1401, each step of the DNS query method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 is implemented, and the same technical effect can be achieved. The communication device 1400 When it is a second communication device, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 1401, the DNS query method shown in Figure 3 is implemented. Each step of the method embodiment can achieve the same technical effect. When the communication device 1400 is a third communication device, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 1401, each step of the DNS query method embodiment shown in Figure 4 is implemented. steps, and can achieve the same technical effect. When the communication device 1400 is the fourth communication device, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 1401, each step of the DNS query method embodiment shown in Figure 5 is implemented, and can achieve The same technical effects are not repeated here to avoid repetition.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备,包括处理器和通信接口,通信接口用于接收域名系统DNS查询,所述DNS查询中包含全限定域名FQDN,所述通信设备为第一公用陆地移动网络PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名;向第二通信设备发送所述DNS查询,所述第二通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备;或,通信接口用于接收DNS查询,所述DNS查询由第一通信设备发送,所述第一通信设备为第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述DNS查询中包含FQDN,所述FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,所述通信设备为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备;转发所述DNS查询至DNS服务器,获得所述FQDN对应的EAS IP地址;或,通信接口用于接收第一请求,所述第一请求用于请求对FQDN的处理规则,所述FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,所述通信设备为第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备;发送第一响应,所述第一响应中包含第一规则,所述第一规则为所述FQDN的处理规则,所述第一规则用于指示将包含所述FQDN的DNS查询发送给第二通信设备,所述第二通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备;或,通信接口用于接收DNS响应,所述通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述DNS响应中包含FQDN以及与所述FQDN对应的EAS IP地址;处理器用于根据所述DNS响应确定第一信息,所述第一信息包括DNAI和/或第二UPF的IP地址或标识;通信接口用于发送所述第一信息;其中,所述DNAI用于第一PLMN ID对应的运营商进行用户面选择,所述第二UPF为所述第二PLMN ID所对应的运营商下的UPF,所述第二UPF的IP地址或标识用于所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商建立PDU会话到所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商。该通信设备实施例与上述通信设备侧方法实施例对应,上述方法实施例的各个实施过程和实现方式均可适用于该通信设备实施例中,且能达到相同的技术效果。具体地,图15为实现本申请实施例的一种通信设备的硬件结构示意图。Embodiments of the present application also provide a communication device, including a processor and a communication interface. The communication interface is used to receive a domain name system DNS query. The DNS query includes a fully qualified domain name FQDN. The communication device is the first public land mobile network. The communication device under the operator corresponding to the PLMN ID, the FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID; sending the DNS query to the second communication device, the second communication device is the domain name corresponding to the second PLMN ID A communication device under the operator; or, the communication interface is used to receive a DNS query, the DNS query is sent by the first communication device, and the first communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, so The DNS query includes FQDN, the FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the communication device is the communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID; forward the DNS query to DNS The server obtains the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN; or, the communication interface is used to receive the first request, the first request is used to request the processing rules for the FQDN, and the FQDN is the operator under the corresponding second PLMN ID. domain name, the communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID; send a first response, the first response contains a first rule, and the first rule is the processing rule of the FQDN, The first rule is used to instruct the DNS query containing the FQDN to be sent to a second communication device, and the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID; or, the communication interface is used to receive DNS response, the communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, the DNS response includes the FQDN and the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN; the processor is used to determine the first response according to the DNS response Information, the first information includes DNAI and/or the IP address or identification of the second UPF; the communication interface is used to send the first information; wherein the DNAI is used for the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to conduct user plane Select, the second UPF is the UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the IP address or identification of the second UPF is used for the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to establish a PDU session to the operator. The operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. This communication device embodiment corresponds to the above communication device side method embodiment. Each implementation process and implementation method of the above method embodiment can be applied to this communication device embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect. Specifically, FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a communication device that implements an embodiment of the present application.
该终端1500包括但不限于:射频单元1501、网络模块1502、音频输出单元1503、输入单元1504、传感器1505、显示单元1506、用户输入单元1507、接口单元1508、存储器1509以及处理器1510等中的至少部分部件。 The terminal 1500 includes but is not limited to: a radio frequency unit 1501, a network module 1502, an audio output unit 1503, an input unit 1504, a sensor 1505, a display unit 1506, a user input unit 1507, an interface unit 1508, a memory 1509, a processor 1510, etc. At least some parts.
本领域技术人员可以理解,终端1500还可以包括给各个部件供电的电源(比如电池),电源可以通过电源管理系统与处理器1510逻辑相连,从而通过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗管理等功能。图15中示出的终端结构并不构成对终端的限定,终端可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can understand that the terminal 1500 may also include a power supply (such as a battery) that supplies power to various components. The power supply may be logically connected to the processor 1510 through a power management system, thereby managing charging, discharging, and power consumption through the power management system. Management and other functions. The terminal structure shown in FIG. 15 does not constitute a limitation on the terminal. The terminal may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or some components may be combined or arranged differently, which will not be described again here.
应理解的是,本申请实施例中,输入单元1504可以包括图形处理单元(Graphics Processing Unit,GPU)15041和麦克风15042,GPU15041对在视频捕获模式或图像捕获模式中由图像捕获装置(如摄像头)获得的静态图片或视频的图像数据进行处理。显示单元1506可包括显示面板15061,可以采用液晶显示器、有机发光二极管等形式来配置显示面板1061。用户输入单元1507包括触控面板15071以及其他输入设备15072中的至少一种。触控面板15071,也称为触摸屏。触控面板15071可包括触摸检测装置和触摸控制器两个部分。其他输入设备15072可以包括但不限于物理键盘、功能键(比如音量控制按键、开关按键等)、轨迹球、鼠标、操作杆,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, the input unit 1504 may include a graphics processing unit (GPU) 15041 and a microphone 15042. The GPU 15041 is used for recording data by an image capture device (such as a camera) in the video capture mode or the image capture mode. The image data obtained from still pictures or videos is processed. The display unit 1506 may include a display panel 15061, which may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display, an organic light emitting diode, or the like. The user input unit 1507 includes a touch panel 15071 and at least one of other input devices 15072 . Touch panel 15071, also known as touch screen. The touch panel 15071 may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller. Other input devices 15072 may include but are not limited to physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control keys, switch keys, etc.), trackballs, mice, and joysticks, which will not be described again here.
本申请实施例中,射频单元1501接收来自网络侧设备的下行数据后,可以传输给处理器1510进行处理;另外,射频单元1501可以向网络侧设备发送上行数据。通常,射频单元1501包括但不限于天线、放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器、双工器等。In this embodiment of the present application, after receiving downlink data from the network side device, the radio frequency unit 1501 can transmit it to the processor 1510 for processing; in addition, the radio frequency unit 1501 can send uplink data to the network side device. Generally, the radio frequency unit 1501 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, amplifier, transceiver, coupler, low noise amplifier, duplexer, etc.
存储器1509可用于存储软件程序或指令以及各种数据。存储器1509可主要包括存储程序或指令的第一存储区和存储数据的第二存储区,其中,第一存储区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序或指令(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等。此外,存储器1509可以包括易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或者,存储器1509可以包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM),静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM,DDRSDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synch link DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DRRAM)。本申请实施例中的存储器1509包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。Memory 1509 may be used to store software programs or instructions as well as various data. The memory 1509 may mainly include a first storage area for storing programs or instructions and a second storage area for storing data, wherein the first storage area may store an operating system, an application program or instructions required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, Image playback function, etc.) etc. Additionally, memory 1509 may include volatile memory or nonvolatile memory, or memory 1509 may include both volatile and nonvolatile memory. Among them, non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), static random access memory (Static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (Dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDRSDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (Synch link DRAM) , SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DRRAM). Memory 1509 in embodiments of the present application includes, but is not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
处理器1510可包括一个或多个处理单元;可选的,处理器1510集成应用处理器和调 制解调处理器,其中,应用处理器主要处理涉及操作系统、用户界面和应用程序等的操作,调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信信号,如基带处理器。可以理解的是,上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器1510中。The processor 1510 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 1510 integrates an application processor and a debugger. Modem and demodulation processor, among which the application processor mainly processes operations involving the operating system, user interface and application programs, etc., and the modem and demodulation processor mainly processes wireless communication signals, such as baseband processor. It can be understood that the above modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 1510.
其中,射频单元1501,用于接收域名系统DNS查询,所述DNS查询中包含全限定域名FQDN,所述通信设备为第一公用陆地移动网络PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名;向第二通信设备发送所述DNS查询,所述第二通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备;或,射频单元1501,用于接收DNS查询,所述DNS查询由第一通信设备发送,所述第一通信设备为第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述DNS查询中包含FQDN,所述FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,所述通信设备为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备;转发所述DNS查询至DNS服务器,获得所述FQDN对应的EAS IP地址;或,射频单元1501,用于接收第一请求,所述第一请求用于请求对FQDN的处理规则,所述FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,所述通信设备为第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备;发送第一响应,所述第一响应中包含第一规则,所述第一规则为所述FQDN的处理规则,所述第一规则用于指示将包含所述FQDN的DNS查询发送给第二通信设备,所述第二通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备;或,射频单元1501,用于接收DNS响应,所述通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述DNS响应中包含FQDN以及与所述FQDN对应的EAS IP地址;处理器1510,用于根据所述DNS响应确定第一信息,所述第一信息包括DNAI和/或第二UPF的IP地址或标识;射频单元1501,用于发送所述第一信息;其中,所述DNAI用于第一PLMN ID对应的运营商进行用户面选择,所述第二UPF为所述第二PLMN ID所对应的运营商下的UPF,所述第二UPF的IP地址或标识用于所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商建立PDU会话到所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商。Among them, the radio frequency unit 1501 is used to receive a domain name system DNS query, the DNS query includes the fully qualified domain name FQDN, and the communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first public land mobile network PLMN ID, and the FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID; sends the DNS query to the second communication device, which is the communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID; or, the radio frequency unit 1501, Used to receive DNS queries. The DNS queries are sent by the first communication device. The first communication device is the communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. The DNS query contains the FQDN, and the FQDN is the first PLMN ID. The domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the communication device is the communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID; forward the DNS query to the DNS server to obtain the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN; Or, the radio frequency unit 1501 is configured to receive a first request, the first request is used to request processing rules for FQDN, the FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the communication device is the first The communication device under the operator corresponding to the PLMN ID; sends a first response, the first response contains a first rule, the first rule is a processing rule for the FQDN, and the first rule is used to indicate that the The DNS query of the FQDN is sent to a second communication device, which is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID; or, the radio frequency unit 1501 is used to receive a DNS response, and the communication device is The communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, the DNS response includes the FQDN and the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN; the processor 1510 is used to determine the first information according to the DNS response, the third A piece of information includes DNAI and/or the IP address or identification of the second UPF; the radio frequency unit 1501 is used to send the first information; wherein the DNAI is used for the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to select the user plane, so The second UPF is a UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the IP address or identification of the second UPF is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to establish a PDU session to the second The operator corresponding to the PLMN ID.
在本申请实施例中,当第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的终端需要访问第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的边缘应用服务器时,通过将终端的DNS查询转发给第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备进行处理,可以获得需要访问的边缘应用服务器的IP地址,从而使得终端能够跨运营商访问边缘应用服务器。In the embodiment of this application, when the terminal under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID needs to access the edge application server under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, the DNS query of the terminal is forwarded to the terminal corresponding to the second PLMN ID. The communication equipment under the operator can obtain the IP address of the edge application server that needs to be accessed, so that the terminal can access the edge application server across operators.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备,包括处理器和通信接口,通信接口用于接收域名系统DNS查询,所述DNS查询中包含全限定域名FQDN,所述通信设备为第一公用陆地移动网络PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名;向第二通信设备发送所述DNS查询,所述第二通信设备为第二PLMN ID 对应的运营商下的通信设备;或,通信接口用于接收DNS查询,所述DNS查询由第一通信设备发送,所述第一通信设备为第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述DNS查询中包含FQDN,所述FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,所述通信设备为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备;转发所述DNS查询至DNS服务器,获得所述FQDN对应的EAS IP地址;或,通信接口用于接收第一请求,所述第一请求用于请求对FQDN的处理规则,所述FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,所述通信设备为第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备;发送第一响应,所述第一响应中包含第一规则,所述第一规则为所述FQDN的处理规则,所述第一规则用于指示将包含所述FQDN的DNS查询发送给第二通信设备,所述第二通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备;或,通信接口用于接收DNS响应,所述通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述DNS响应中包含FQDN以及与所述FQDN对应的EAS IP地址;处理器用于根据所述DNS响应确定第一信息,所述第一信息包括DNAI和/或第二UPF的IP地址或标识;通信接口用于发送所述第一信息;其中,所述DNAI用于第一PLMN ID对应的运营商进行用户面选择,所述第二UPF为所述第二PLMN ID所对应的运营商下的UPF,所述第二UPF的IP地址或标识用于所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商建立PDU会话到所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商。该通信设备实施例与上述通信设备方法实施例对应,上述方法实施例的各个实施过程和实现方式均可适用于该通信设备实施例中,且能达到相同的技术效果。Embodiments of the present application also provide a communication device, including a processor and a communication interface. The communication interface is used to receive a domain name system DNS query. The DNS query includes a fully qualified domain name FQDN. The communication device is the first public land mobile network. A communication device under the operator corresponding to the PLMN ID, and the FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID; sending the DNS query to the second communication device, the second communication device being the second PLMN ID a communication device under the corresponding operator; or, the communication interface is used to receive a DNS query, the DNS query is sent by a first communication device, and the first communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, The DNS query includes FQDN, the FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the communication device is the communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID; forward the DNS query to DNS server, obtains the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN; or, the communication interface is used to receive a first request, the first request is used to request processing rules for the FQDN, and the FQDN is the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID domain name under, the communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID; send a first response, the first response contains a first rule, the first rule is the processing rule of the FQDN , the first rule is used to instruct the DNS query containing the FQDN to be sent to a second communication device, and the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID; or, the communication interface is used to Receive a DNS response, the communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the DNS response includes the FQDN and the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN; the processor is configured to determine the second PLMN according to the DNS response. Information, the first information includes DNAI and/or the IP address or identification of the second UPF; the communication interface is used to send the first information; wherein the DNAI is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to conduct user The second UPF is a UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the IP address or identification of the second UPF is used to establish a PDU session to the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. The operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. This communication device embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned communication device method embodiment. Each implementation process and implementation manner of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this communication device embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect.
具体地,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信设备。如图16所示,该通信设备1600包括:处理器1601、网络接口1602和存储器1603。其中,网络接口1602例如为通用公共无线接口(common public radio interface,CPRI)。Specifically, the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device. As shown in Figure 16, the communication device 1600 includes: a processor 1601, a network interface 1602 and a memory 1603. Among them, the network interface 1602 is, for example, a common public radio interface (CPRI).
具体地,本发明实施例的通信设备1600还包括:存储在存储器1603上并可在处理器1601上运行的指令或程序,处理器1601调用存储器1603中的指令或程序执行图10至图13所示各模块执行的方法,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,故不在此赘述。Specifically, the communication device 1600 of the embodiment of the present invention also includes: instructions or programs stored in the memory 1603 and executable on the processor 1601. The processor 1601 calls the instructions or programs in the memory 1603 to execute the steps shown in FIGS. 10 to 13 . It shows the execution method of each module and achieves the same technical effect. To avoid duplication, it will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质上存储有程序或指令,该程序或指令被处理器执行时实现上述DNS查询方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。Embodiments of the present application also provide a readable storage medium. Programs or instructions are stored on the readable storage medium. When the program or instructions are executed by a processor, each process of the above DNS query method embodiment is implemented, and the same can be achieved. The technical effects will not be repeated here to avoid repetition.
其中,所述处理器为上述实施例中所述的终端中的处理器。所述可读存储介质,包括计算机可读存储介质,如计算机只读存储器ROM、随机存取存储器RAM、磁碟或者光盘等。Wherein, the processor is the processor in the terminal described in the above embodiment. The readable storage medium includes computer readable storage media, such as computer read-only memory ROM, random access memory RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk, etc.
本申请实施例另提供了一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口和 所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于运行程序或指令,实现上述DNS查询方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip. The chip includes a processor and a communication interface. The communication interface and The processor is coupled, and the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement each process of the above DNS query method embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid duplication, the details will not be described here.
应理解,本申请实施例提到的芯片还可以称为系统级芯片,系统芯片,芯片系统或片上系统芯片等。It should be understood that the chips mentioned in the embodiments of this application may also be called system-on-chip, system-on-a-chip, system-on-chip or system-on-chip, etc.
本申请实施例另提供了一种计算机程序/程序产品,所述计算机程序/程序产品被存储在存储介质中,所述计算机程序/程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现上述DNS查询方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program/program product. The computer program/program product is stored in a storage medium. The computer program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the above DNS query method embodiment. Each process can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, we will not go into details here.
本申请实施例还提供了一种DNS查询系统,包括:第一通信设备、第二通信设备、第三通信设备和第四通信设备中的至少两个,所述第一通信设备可用于执行如图2所示的DNS查询方法的步骤,所述第二通信设备可用于执行如图3所示的DNS查询方法的步骤,所述第三通信设备可用于执行如图4所示的DNS查询方法的步骤,所述第四通信设备可用于执行如图5所示的DNS查询方法的步骤。Embodiments of the present application also provide a DNS query system, including: at least two of a first communication device, a second communication device, a third communication device and a fourth communication device. The first communication device may be used to perform: The steps of the DNS query method shown in Figure 2. The second communication device can be used to perform the steps of the DNS query method shown in Figure 3. The third communication device can be used to perform the DNS query method shown in Figure 4. The fourth communication device may be used to perform the steps of the DNS query method shown in Figure 5.
需要说明的是,在本文中,术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含,从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置不仅包括那些要素,而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素,或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、物品或者装置所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下,由语句“包括一个……”限定的要素,并不排除在包括该要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置中还存在另外的相同要素。此外,需要指出的是,本申请实施方式中的方法和装置的范围不限按示出或讨论的顺序来执行功能,还可包括根据所涉及的功能按基本同时的方式或按相反的顺序来执行功能,例如,可以按不同于所描述的次序来执行所描述的方法,并且还可以添加、省去、或组合各种步骤。另外,参照某些示例所描述的特征可在其他示例中被组合。It should be noted that, in this document, the terms "comprising", "comprises" or any other variations thereof are intended to cover a non-exclusive inclusion, such that a process, method, article or device that includes a series of elements not only includes those elements, It also includes other elements not expressly listed or inherent in the process, method, article or apparatus. Without further limitation, an element defined by the statement "comprises a..." does not exclude the presence of additional identical elements in a process, method, article or apparatus that includes that element. In addition, it should be pointed out that the scope of the methods and devices in the embodiments of the present application is not limited to performing functions in the order shown or discussed, but may also include performing functions in a substantially simultaneous manner or in reverse order according to the functions involved. Functions may be performed, for example, the methods described may be performed in an order different from that described, and various steps may be added, omitted, or combined. Additionally, features described with reference to certain examples may be combined in other examples.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到上述实施例方法可借助软件加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现,当然也可以通过硬件,但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以计算机软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质(如ROM/RAM、磁碟、光盘)中,包括若干指令用以使得一台终端(可以是手机,计算机,服务器,空调器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述的方法。Through the above description of the embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the methods of the above embodiments can be implemented by means of software plus the necessary general hardware platform. Of course, it can also be implemented by hardware, but in many cases the former is better. implementation. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a computer software product that is essentially or contributes to the existing technology. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, disk , CD), including several instructions to cause a terminal (which can be a mobile phone, computer, server, air conditioner, or network device, etc.) to execute the methods described in various embodiments of this application.
上面结合附图对本申请的实施例进行了描述,但是本申请并不局限于上述的具体实施方式,上述的具体实施方式仅仅是示意性的,而不是限制性的,本领域的普通技术人员在本申请的启示下,在不脱离本申请宗旨和权利要求所保护的范围情况下,还可做出很多形式,均属于本申请的保护之内。 The embodiments of the present application have been described above in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. However, the present application is not limited to the above-mentioned specific implementations. The above-mentioned specific implementations are only illustrative and not restrictive. Those of ordinary skill in the art will Inspired by this application, many forms can be made without departing from the purpose of this application and the scope protected by the claims, all of which fall within the protection of this application.

Claims (49)

  1. 一种DNS查询方法,包括:A DNS query method, including:
    第一通信设备接收域名系统DNS查询,所述DNS查询中包含全限定域名FQDN,所述第一通信设备为第一公用陆地移动网络PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名;The first communication device receives a domain name system DNS query. The DNS query includes the fully qualified domain name FQDN. The first communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first public land mobile network PLMN ID. The FQDN is the first public land mobile network PLMN ID. 2. The domain name under the operator corresponding to the PLMN ID;
    所述第一通信设备向第二通信设备发送所述DNS查询,所述第二通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。The first communication device sends the DNS query to a second communication device, and the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一通信设备向第二通信设备发送所述DNS查询,包括:The method of claim 1, wherein the first communication device sending the DNS query to the second communication device includes:
    所述第一通信设备根据第一规则向所述第二通信设备发送所述DNS查询,所述第一规则为所述FQDN的处理规则,所述第一规则用于指示将包含所述FQDN的DNS查询发送给所述第二通信设备。The first communication device sends the DNS query to the second communication device according to a first rule, the first rule is a processing rule for the FQDN, and the first rule is used to indicate that the DNS query containing the FQDN will be A DNS query is sent to the second communications device.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,所述第一通信设备在接收到所述DNS查询的情况下,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein when the first communication device receives the DNS query, the method further includes:
    所述第一通信设备发送第一请求,所述第一请求用于请求对所述FQDN的处理规则;The first communication device sends a first request, the first request is used to request processing rules for the FQDN;
    所述第一通信设备接收第一响应,所述第一响应中包含所述第一规则。The first communication device receives a first response, where the first response includes the first rule.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,所述第一通信设备发送第一请求,包括:The method of claim 3, wherein the first communication device sending the first request includes:
    所述第一通信设备向第三通信设备发送所述第一请求,所述第三通信设备为所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备;The first communication device sends the first request to a third communication device, and the third communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID;
    其中,所述第一通信设备接收第一响应,包括:Wherein, the first communication device receives a first response, including:
    所述第一通信设备从所述第三通信设备接收所述第一响应。The first communications device receives the first response from the third communications device.
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述FQDN为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 1, wherein the FQDN is a domain name under an operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, including at least one of the following:
    所述FQDN为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的设备能够处理或解析的域名;The FQDN is a domain name that can be processed or resolved by the equipment of the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
    所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的设备无法解析所述FQDN。The equipment under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID cannot resolve the FQDN.
  6. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,所述第一规则还用于指示所述第二通信设备的地址信息;The method according to claim 2, wherein the first rule is also used to indicate address information of the second communication device;
    其中,所述第一通信设备根据第一规则向所述第二通信设备发送所述DNS查询,包括: Wherein, the first communication device sends the DNS query to the second communication device according to the first rule, including:
    所述第一通信设备根据所述第一规则指示的所述地址信息向所述第二通信设备发送所述DNS查询。The first communication device sends the DNS query to the second communication device according to the address information indicated by the first rule.
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 1, further comprising:
    所述第一通信设备接收DNS响应;The first communication device receives a DNS response;
    其中,所述DNS响应中包含所述FQDN以及与所述FQDN对应的边缘应用服务器互联网协议EAS IP地址。Wherein, the DNS response includes the FQDN and the edge application server Internet Protocol EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其中,所述第一通信设备接收DNS响应,包括:The method of claim 7, wherein the first communication device receives a DNS response, comprising:
    所述第一通信设备从第二通信设备接收所述DNS响应,所述第二通信设备为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。The first communication device receives the DNS response from a second communication device, and the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  9. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 7, further comprising:
    所述第一通信设备接收第一信息,所述第一信息包括数据网络接入标识符DNAI和/或第二用户面UPF的IP地址或标识;The first communication device receives first information, where the first information includes the data network access identifier DNAI and/or the IP address or identification of the second user plane UPF;
    所述第一通信设备发送所述第一信息;The first communication device sends the first information;
    其中,所述DNAI用于所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商进行用户面选择,所述DNAI基于所述DNS响应中的所述EAS IP地址和/或所述FQDN确定,所述第二UPF为所述第二PLMN ID所对应的运营商下的UPF,所述第二UPF的IP地址或标识用于所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商建立协议数据单元PDU会话到所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商,所述第二UPF基于所述DNAI确定。Wherein, the DNAI is used for user plane selection by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, the DNAI is determined based on the EAS IP address and/or the FQDN in the DNS response, and the second UPF For the UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, the IP address or identification of the second UPF is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to establish a protocol data unit PDU session to the second PLMN. The operator corresponding to the ID, the second UPF is determined based on the DNAI.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其中,所述第一通信设备接收第一信息,包括:The method of claim 9, wherein the first communication device receiving the first information includes:
    所述第一通信设备从第二通信设备接收所述第一信息,所述第二通信设备为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。The first communication device receives the first information from a second communication device, and the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  11. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其中,所述第一通信设备发送所述第一信息,包括:The method of claim 9, wherein the first communication device sending the first information includes:
    所述第一通信设备向第三通信设备发送所述第一信息,所述第三通信设备为所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。The first communication device sends the first information to a third communication device, and the third communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  12. 一种DNS查询方法,包括:A DNS query method, including:
    第二通信设备接收DNS查询,所述DNS查询由第一通信设备发送,所述第一通信设备为第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述DNS查询中包含FQDN,所述FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,所述第二通信设备为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备;The second communication device receives a DNS query. The DNS query is sent by the first communication device. The first communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. The DNS query contains FQDN. The FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the second communication device is the communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
    所述第二通信设备转发所述DNS查询至DNS服务器,获得所述FQDN对应的 EAS IP地址。The second communication device forwards the DNS query to the DNS server to obtain the FQDN corresponding EAS IP address.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其中,所述FQDN为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 12, wherein the FQDN is a domain name under an operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, including at least one of the following:
    所述FQDN为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的设备能够处理或解析的域名;The FQDN is a domain name that can be processed or resolved by the equipment of the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
    所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的设备无法解析所述FQDN。The equipment under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID cannot resolve the FQDN.
  14. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 12, further comprising:
    所述第二通信设备发送DNS响应;The second communication device sends a DNS response;
    其中,所述DNS查询响应中包含所述FQDN以及所述EAS IP地址。Wherein, the DNS query response includes the FQDN and the EAS IP address.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,所述第二通信设备发送DNS响应,包括以下至少一项:The method of claim 14, wherein the second communication device sends a DNS response including at least one of the following:
    所述第二通信设备向所述第一通信设备发送所述DNS响应;The second communication device sends the DNS response to the first communication device;
    所述第二通信设备向第四通信设备发送所述DNS响应,所述第四通信设备为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述DNS响应用于所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的用户面选择。The second communication device sends the DNS response to a fourth communication device, the fourth communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the DNS response is used for the second PLMN User plane selection under the operator corresponding to the ID.
  16. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 14, wherein the method further includes:
    所述第二通信设备接收第一信息,所述第一信息包括DNAI和/或第二UPF的IP地址或标识;The second communication device receives first information, where the first information includes DNAI and/or the IP address or identification of the second UPF;
    所述第二通信设备发送所述第一信息;The second communication device sends the first information;
    其中,所述DNAI用于所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商进行用户面选择,所述DNAI基于所述DNS响应中的所述EAS IP地址和/或所述FQDN确定,所述第二UPF为所述第二PLMN ID所对应的运营商下的UPF,所述第二UPF的IP地址或标识用于所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商建立协议数据单元PDU会话到所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商,所述第二UPF基于所述DNAI确定。Wherein, the DNAI is used for user plane selection by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, the DNAI is determined based on the EAS IP address and/or the FQDN in the DNS response, and the second UPF For the UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, the IP address or identification of the second UPF is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to establish a protocol data unit PDU session to the second PLMN. The operator corresponding to the ID, the second UPF is determined based on the DNAI.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其中,所述第二通信设备接收第一信息,包括:The method of claim 16, wherein the second communication device receiving the first information includes:
    所述第二通信设备从第四通信设备接收所述第一信息,所述第四通信设备为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。The second communication device receives the first information from a fourth communication device, and the fourth communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  18. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其中,所述第二通信设备发送所述第一信息,包括:The method of claim 16, wherein the second communication device sending the first information includes:
    所述第二通信设备向所述第一通信设备发送所述第一信息。The second communication device sends the first information to the first communication device.
  19. 一种DNS查询方法,包括: A DNS query method, including:
    第三通信设备接收第一请求,所述第一请求用于请求对FQDN的处理规则,所述FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,所述第三通信设备为第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备;The third communication device receives the first request. The first request is used to request processing rules for FQDN. The FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. The third communication device is the first PLMN ID. Communication equipment under the corresponding operator;
    所述第三通信设备发送第一响应,所述第一响应中包含第一规则,所述第一规则为所述FQDN的处理规则,所述第一规则用于指示将包含所述FQDN的DNS查询发送给第二通信设备,所述第二通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。The third communication device sends a first response, the first response contains a first rule, the first rule is a processing rule for the FQDN, and the first rule is used to indicate that the DNS containing the FQDN The query is sent to the second communication device, which is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其中,所述FQDN为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 19, wherein the FQDN is a domain name under an operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, including at least one of the following:
    所述FQDN为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的设备能够处理或解析的域名;The FQDN is a domain name that can be processed or resolved by the equipment of the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
    所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的设备无法解析所述FQDN。The equipment under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID cannot resolve the FQDN.
  21. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其中,第三通信设备接收第一请求,包括:The method of claim 19, wherein the third communication device receiving the first request includes:
    所述第三通信设备从第一通信设备接收所述第一请求,所述第一通信设备为所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述第一请求由所述第一通信设备在接收到DNS查询的情况下发送,所述DNS查询中包含所述FQDN;The third communication device receives the first request from the first communication device. The first communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. The first request is generated by the first communication device. The communication device sends upon receiving a DNS query, the DNS query containing the FQDN;
    其中,所述第三通信设备发送第一响应,包括:Wherein, the third communication device sends a first response, including:
    所述第三通信设备向所述第一通信设备发送所述第一响应。The third communication device sends the first response to the first communication device.
  22. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其中,所述第一规则还用于指示所述第二通信设备的地址信息。The method of claim 19, wherein the first rule is further used to indicate address information of the second communication device.
  23. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其中,所述第三通信设备在接收到所述第一请求的情况下,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 19, wherein when the third communication device receives the first request, the method further includes:
    所述第三通信设备发送第二请求,所述第二请求用于请求获得第二信息;The third communication device sends a second request, the second request is used to request to obtain second information;
    所述第三通信设备接收第二响应,所述第二响应中包含所述第二信息;The third communication device receives a second response, where the second response includes the second information;
    所述第三通信设备根据所述第二信息配置所述第一规则;The third communication device configures the first rule according to the second information;
    其中,所述第二信息包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the second information includes at least one of the following:
    所述FQDN和PLMN ID之间的映射关系,所述PLMN ID为能够解析所述FQDN的运营商所属的PLMN ID;The mapping relationship between the FQDN and the PLMN ID, where the PLMN ID is the PLMN ID to which the operator that can parse the FQDN belongs;
    能够解析所述FQDN的网元的地址信息,和/或所述网元所属的PLMN ID。The address information of the network element that can resolve the FQDN and/or the PLMN ID to which the network element belongs.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其中,所述第三通信设备发送第二请求,包括:The method of claim 23, wherein the third communication device sends a second request, including:
    所述第三通信设备向网络开放功能NEF发送所述第二请求;The third communication device sends the second request to the network opening function NEF;
    其中,所述第三通信设备接收第二响应,包括: Wherein, the third communication device receives a second response, including:
    所述第三通信设备从所述NEF接收所述第二响应。The third communications device receives the second response from the NEF.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 24, wherein:
    所述第二信息由所述NEF从统一数据存储UDR中获取得到,所述第二信息由应用功能AF提供并由所述AF通过所述NEF预先存储到所述UDR中。The second information is obtained by the NEF from the unified data storage UDR. The second information is provided by the application function AF and is pre-stored into the UDR by the AF through the NEF.
  26. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 19, further comprising:
    所述第三通信设备接收第一信息,所述第一信息包括DNAI和/或第二UPF的IP地址或标识;The third communication device receives first information, where the first information includes DNAI and/or the IP address or identification of the second UPF;
    所述第三通信设备根据所述第一信息选择用户面;The third communication device selects a user plane according to the first information;
    其中,所述DNAI用于所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商进行用户面选择,所述DNAI基于所述DNS响应中的所述EAS IP地址和/或所述FQDN确定,所述第二UPF为所述第二PLMN ID所对应的运营商下的UPF,所述第二UPF的IP地址或标识用于所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商建立PDU会话到所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商,所述第二UPF基于所述DNAI确定。Wherein, the DNAI is used for user plane selection by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, the DNAI is determined based on the EAS IP address and/or the FQDN in the DNS response, and the second UPF For the UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, the IP address or identification of the second UPF is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to establish a PDU session to the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. Operator, the second UPF is determined based on the DNAI.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其中,所述第三通信设备根据所述第一信息选择用户面,包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 26, wherein the third communication device selects a user plane according to the first information, including at least one of the following:
    所述第三通信设备根据所述第一信息在所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下选择第一UPF和/或UL CL上行分流器;The third communication device selects the first UPF and/or UL CL uplink splitter under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID according to the first information;
    所述第三通信设备根据所述第一信息在所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下选择第二UPF,或,所述第三通信设备根据所述第一信息触发第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的目标网元选择第二UPF,所述目标网元包括第四通信设备,所述第四通信设备为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。The third communication device selects a second UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID according to the first information, or the third communication device triggers the second UPF corresponding to the second PLMN ID according to the first information. The target network element under the operator selects the second UPF. The target network element includes a fourth communication device. The fourth communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  28. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其中,所述第三通信设备接收第一信息,包括以下至少一项:The method of claim 26, wherein the third communication device receives the first information including at least one of the following:
    所述第三通信设备从所述第一通信设备接收所述第一信息;the third communication device receives the first information from the first communication device;
    所述第三通信设备从第四通信设备接收所述第一信息,所述第四通信设备为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。The third communication device receives the first information from a fourth communication device, and the fourth communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  29. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 19, further comprising:
    所述第三通信设备发送第三请求,所述第三请求用于请求在第二PLMN ID对应的运营商内建立或更新PDU会话;The third communication device sends a third request, the third request is used to request to establish or update a PDU session within the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
    所述第三通信设备接收第三响应,所述第三响应中包含第二通信设备的IP地址和/或所述第二PLMN ID,所述第二通信设备为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的 通信设备。The third communication device receives a third response, the third response includes the IP address of the second communication device and/or the second PLMN ID, and the second communication device is corresponding to the second PLMN ID. under the operator communication device.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的方法,其中,所述第三通信设备发送第三请求,包括:The method of claim 29, wherein the third communication device sends a third request, including:
    所述第三通信设备向第四通信设备发送所述第三请求,所述第四通信设备为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备;The third communication device sends the third request to a fourth communication device, and the fourth communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
    其中,所述第三通信设备接收第三响应,包括:Wherein, the third communication device receives a third response, including:
    所述第三通信设备从所述第四通信设备接收所述第三响应。The third communication device receives the third response from the fourth communication device.
  31. 根据权利要求29所述的方法,其中,所述第三响应中还包括第三信息,所述第三信息包括以下至少一项:The method of claim 29, wherein the third response further includes third information, and the third information includes at least one of the following:
    DNAI,所述DNAI用于所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商进行用户面选择,所述DNAI对应所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的DNAI;DNAI, the DNAI is used for user plane selection by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, and the DNAI corresponds to the DNAI under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID;
    所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的本地PSA IP地址;The local PSA IP address of the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
    所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的PSA对应的核心网隧道信息CN Tunnel Info。The core network tunnel information CN Tunnel Info corresponding to the PSA under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  32. 一种DNS查询方法,包括:A DNS query method, including:
    第四通信设备接收DNS响应,所述第四通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述DNS响应中包含FQDN以及与所述FQDN对应的EAS IP地址;The fourth communication device receives a DNS response, the fourth communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the DNS response includes the FQDN and the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN;
    所述第四通信设备根据所述DNS响应确定第一信息,所述第一信息包括DNAI和/或第二UPF的IP地址或标识;The fourth communication device determines first information based on the DNS response, where the first information includes DNAI and/or the IP address or identification of the second UPF;
    所述第四通信设备发送所述第一信息;其中,所述DNAI用于第一PLMN ID对应的运营商进行用户面选择,所述第二UPF为所述第二PLMN ID所对应的运营商下的UPF,所述第二UPF的IP地址或标识用于所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商建立PDU会话到所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商。The fourth communication device sends the first information; wherein the DNAI is used for the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to select the user plane, and the second UPF is the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. Under the UPF, the IP address or identification of the second UPF is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to establish a PDU session to the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的方法,其中,所述第四通信设备接收DNS响应,包括:The method of claim 32, wherein the fourth communication device receives a DNS response, comprising:
    所述第四通信设备从第二通信设备接收所述DNS响应;The fourth communication device receives the DNS response from the second communication device;
    其中,所述第二通信设备为所述第二PLMN ID所对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述EAS IP地址由所述第二通信设备将DNS查询转发至DNS服务器后获得,所述DNS查询由第一通信设备发送,所述第一通信设备为第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述DNS查询中包含所述FQDN。Wherein, the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the EAS IP address is obtained by the second communication device forwarding a DNS query to a DNS server, and the DNS The query is sent by the first communication device, which is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, and the DNS query includes the FQDN.
  34. 根据权利要求32所述的方法,其中,所述FQDN为所述第二PLMN ID对应 的运营商下的域名,包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 32, wherein the FQDN is the second PLMN ID corresponding to The domain name under the operator includes at least one of the following:
    所述FQDN为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的设备能够处理或解析的域名;The FQDN is a domain name that can be processed or resolved by the equipment of the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
    所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的设备无法解析所述FQDN。The equipment under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID cannot resolve the FQDN.
  35. 根据权利要求32所述的方法,其中,所述第四通信设备根据所述DNS响应确定第一信息,包括以下至少一项:The method of claim 32, wherein the fourth communication device determines the first information based on the DNS response, including at least one of the following:
    所述第四通信设备根据所述DNS响应中的所述EAS IP地址和/或所述FQDN确定所述DNAI;The fourth communication device determines the DNAI according to the EAS IP address and/or the FQDN in the DNS response;
    所述第四通信设备根据所述DNAI确定所述第二UPF。The fourth communication device determines the second UPF based on the DNAI.
  36. 根据权利要求32所述的方法,其中,所述第四通信设备发送所述第一信息,包括:The method of claim 32, wherein the fourth communication device sending the first information includes:
    所述第四通信设备向第二通信设备发送所述第一信息,所述第二通信设备为所述第二PLMN ID所对应的运营商下的通信设备;The fourth communication device sends the first information to a second communication device, and the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
    所述第四通信设备向第三通信设备发送所述第一信息,所述第三通信设备为所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。The fourth communication device sends the first information to a third communication device, and the third communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID.
  37. 根据权利要求32所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 32, wherein the method further includes:
    所述第四通信设备接收第三请求,所述第三请求用于请求在第二PLMN ID对应的运营商内建立或更新PDU会话;The fourth communication device receives a third request, the third request is used to request to establish or update a PDU session within the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
    所述第四通信设备发送第三响应,所述第三响应中包含第二通信设备的IP地址以及所述第二PLMN ID,所述第二通信设备为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。The fourth communication device sends a third response, the third response includes the IP address of the second communication device and the second PLMN ID, and the second communication device is the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. communication equipment.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其中,所述第四通信设备接收第三请求,包括:The method of claim 37, wherein the fourth communication device receiving a third request includes:
    所述第四通信设备从第三通信设备接收所述第三请求,所述第三通信设备为所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备;The fourth communication device receives the third request from a third communication device, and the third communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID;
    其中,所述第四通信设备发送第三响应,包括:Wherein, the fourth communication device sends a third response, including:
    所述第四通信设备向所述第三通信设备发送所述第三响应。The fourth communication device sends the third response to the third communication device.
  39. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其中,所述第三响应中还包括第三信息,所述第三信息包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 37, wherein the third response further includes third information, and the third information includes at least one of the following:
    DNAI,所述DNAI用于所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商进行用户面选择,所述DNAI对应所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的DNAI;DNAI, the DNAI is used for user plane selection by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, and the DNAI corresponds to the DNAI under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID;
    所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的本地PSA IP地址; The local PSA IP address of the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
    所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的PSA对应的核心网隧道信息。The core network tunnel information corresponding to the PSA under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  40. 一种DNS查询装置,包括:A DNS query device, including:
    接收模块,用于接收域名系统DNS查询,所述DNS查询中包含全限定域名FQDN,所述第一通信设备为第一公用陆地移动网络PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名;A receiving module, configured to receive a domain name system DNS query. The DNS query contains a fully qualified domain name FQDN. The first communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first public land mobile network PLMN ID. The FQDN is The domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
    发送模块,用于向第二通信设备发送所述DNS查询,所述第二通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。A sending module, configured to send the DNS query to a second communication device, where the second communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的装置,其中,所述发送模块,还用于:The device according to claim 40, wherein the sending module is also used for:
    根据第一规则向所述第二通信设备发送所述DNS查询,所述第一规则为所述FQDN的处理规则,所述第一规则用于指示将包含所述FQDN的DNS查询发送给所述第二通信设备。The DNS query is sent to the second communication device according to a first rule, the first rule is a processing rule for the FQDN, and the first rule is used to instruct the DNS query containing the FQDN to be sent to the second communication device. Second communication device.
  42. 一种DNS查询装置,包括:A DNS query device, including:
    接收模块,用于接收DNS查询,所述DNS查询由第一通信设备发送,所述第一通信设备为第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述DNS查询中包含FQDN,所述FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,所述第二通信设备为所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备;A receiving module, configured to receive a DNS query. The DNS query is sent by a first communication device. The first communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID. The DNS query contains the FQDN. The FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the second communication device is the communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID;
    发送模块,用于转发所述DNS查询至DNS服务器,获得所述FQDN对应的EAS IP地址。The sending module is used to forward the DNS query to the DNS server and obtain the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN.
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的装置,其中,所述发送模块,还用于:The device according to claim 42, wherein the sending module is also used for:
    发送DNS响应;Send DNS response;
    其中,所述DNS查询响应中包含所述FQDN以及所述EAS IP地址。Wherein, the DNS query response includes the FQDN and the EAS IP address.
  44. 一种DNS查询装置,包括:A DNS query device, including:
    接收模块,用于接收第一请求,所述第一请求用于请求对FQDN的处理规则,所述FQDN为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的域名,所述第三通信设备为第一PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备;A receiving module, configured to receive a first request. The first request is used to request processing rules for FQDN. The FQDN is the domain name under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID. The third communication device is the first PLMN. Communication equipment under the operator corresponding to the ID;
    发送模块,用于发送第一响应,所述第一响应中包含第一规则,所述第一规则为所述FQDN的处理规则,所述第一规则用于指示将包含所述FQDN的DNS查询发送给第二通信设备,所述第二通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备。A sending module, configured to send a first response. The first response contains a first rule. The first rule is a processing rule for the FQDN. The first rule is used to indicate that a DNS query containing the FQDN will be performed. Sent to the second communication device, which is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  45. 根据权利要求45所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括配置模块,其中:The device of claim 45, wherein the device further comprises a configuration module, wherein:
    所述发送模块,还用于发送第二请求,所述第二请求用于请求获得第二信息;The sending module is also used to send a second request, and the second request is used to request to obtain the second information;
    所述接收模块,还用于接收第二响应,所述第二响应中包含所述第二信息; The receiving module is also configured to receive a second response, where the second response contains the second information;
    所述配置模块,用于根据所述第二信息配置所述第一规则;The configuration module is used to configure the first rule according to the second information;
    其中,所述第二信息包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the second information includes at least one of the following:
    所述FQDN和PLMN ID之间的映射关系,所述PLMN ID为能够解析所述FQDN的运营商所属的PLMN ID;The mapping relationship between the FQDN and the PLMN ID, where the PLMN ID is the PLMN ID to which the operator that can parse the FQDN belongs;
    能够解析所述FQDN的网元的地址信息,和/或所述网元所属的PLMN ID。The address information of the network element that can resolve the FQDN and/or the PLMN ID to which the network element belongs.
  46. 一种DNS查询装置,包括:A DNS query device, including:
    接收模块,用于接收DNS响应,所述第四通信设备为第二PLMN ID对应的运营商下的通信设备,所述DNS响应中包含FQDN以及与所述FQDN对应的EAS IP地址;A receiving module, configured to receive a DNS response, the fourth communication device is a communication device under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the DNS response includes the FQDN and the EAS IP address corresponding to the FQDN;
    确定模块,用于根据所述DNS响应确定第一信息,所述第一信息包括DNAI和/或第二UPF的IP地址或标识;Determining module, configured to determine first information according to the DNS response, where the first information includes DNAI and/or the IP address or identification of the second UPF;
    发送模块,用于发送所述第一信息;A sending module, used to send the first information;
    其中,所述DNAI用于第一PLMN ID对应的运营商进行用户面选择,所述第二UPF为所述第二PLMN ID所对应的运营商下的UPF,所述第二UPF的IP地址或标识用于所述第一PLMN ID对应的运营商建立PDU会话到所述第二PLMN ID对应的运营商。Wherein, the DNAI is used for user plane selection by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID, the second UPF is the UPF under the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID, and the IP address of the second UPF or The identifier is used by the operator corresponding to the first PLMN ID to establish a PDU session to the operator corresponding to the second PLMN ID.
  47. 根据权利要求47所述的装置,其中,所述确定模块,用于以下至少一项:The device according to claim 47, wherein the determining module is used for at least one of the following:
    根据所述DNS响应中的所述EAS IP地址和/或所述FQDN确定所述DNAI;Determine the DNAI based on the EAS IP address and/or the FQDN in the DNS response;
    根据所述DNAI确定所述第二UPF。The second UPF is determined based on the DNAI.
  48. 一种通信设备,包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至11任一项所述的DNS查询方法的步骤,或者实现如权利要求12至18任一项所述的DNS查询方法的步骤,或者实现如权利要求19至31任一项所述的DNS查询方法的步骤,或者实现如权利要求32至39任一项所述的DNS查询方法的步骤。A communication device, including a processor and a memory, the memory stores a program or instructions that can be run on the processor, and when the program or instructions are executed by the processor, any one of claims 1 to 11 is implemented. The steps of the DNS query method, or the steps of implementing the DNS query method as described in any one of claims 12 to 18, or the steps of implementing the DNS query method of any one of claims 19 to 31, or The steps of implementing the DNS query method according to any one of claims 32 to 39.
  49. 一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质上存储程序或指令,所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至11任一项所述的DNS查询方法的步骤,或者实现如权利要求12至18任一项所述的DNS查询方法的步骤,或者实现如权利要求19至31任一项所述的DNS查询方法的步骤,或者实现如权利要求32至39任一项所述的DNS查询方法的步骤。 A readable storage medium on which programs or instructions are stored. When the programs or instructions are executed by a processor, the steps of the DNS query method according to any one of claims 1 to 11 are implemented, or the steps of the DNS query method are implemented. The steps of the DNS query method as described in any one of claims 12 to 18, or the steps of implementing the DNS query method as described in any one of claims 19 to 31, or the steps of implementing the DNS query method as described in any one of claims 32 to 39. Follow the steps of the DNS query method described above.
PCT/CN2023/111221 2022-08-09 2023-08-04 Dns query method and communication device WO2024032499A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210952543.8A CN117640578A (en) 2022-08-09 2022-08-09 DNS query method and communication equipment
CN202210952543.8 2022-08-09

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024032499A1 true WO2024032499A1 (en) 2024-02-15

Family

ID=89850822

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/111221 WO2024032499A1 (en) 2022-08-09 2023-08-04 Dns query method and communication device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117640578A (en)
WO (1) WO2024032499A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20210226914A1 (en) * 2020-04-08 2021-07-22 Chang Hong Shan Initiation of domain name system (dns) resolution in 5g systems
CN113691969A (en) * 2021-07-16 2021-11-23 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
CN113794784A (en) * 2021-08-06 2021-12-14 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for acquiring edge service
WO2021253301A1 (en) * 2020-06-17 2021-12-23 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Method and apparatus for providing server discovery information
CN114125808A (en) * 2021-11-29 2022-03-01 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Discovery method and device of edge application server

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20210226914A1 (en) * 2020-04-08 2021-07-22 Chang Hong Shan Initiation of domain name system (dns) resolution in 5g systems
WO2021253301A1 (en) * 2020-06-17 2021-12-23 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Method and apparatus for providing server discovery information
CN113691969A (en) * 2021-07-16 2021-11-23 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
CN113794784A (en) * 2021-08-06 2021-12-14 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for acquiring edge service
CN114125808A (en) * 2021-11-29 2022-03-01 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Discovery method and device of edge application server

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117640578A (en) 2024-03-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2023143422A1 (en) Disaster roaming control method and apparatus, terminal, and network side device
WO2024032499A1 (en) Dns query method and communication device
WO2023179595A1 (en) Session channel establishment method and apparatus for non-3gpp device, and device
WO2023185877A1 (en) Routing processing method, terminal and network side device
WO2023185810A1 (en) Ue route selection policy (ursp) determination method, user equipment, and network-side device
WO2023213242A1 (en) Ue policy information configuration method and apparatus, first network function, and terminal
WO2024022182A1 (en) Information query method and apparatus, terminal, and network side device
WO2023179571A1 (en) Non-public network access method and apparatus and terminal
WO2024022370A1 (en) Information acquisition and transmission methods, server access and session establishment methods, and device
WO2024022397A1 (en) Network selection method and terminal
WO2024017191A1 (en) Interaction method and apparatus, and device and storage medium
WO2023143436A1 (en) Data forwarding method and apparatus, and terminal device and network device
WO2023143416A1 (en) Information processing method, terminal, and network function
WO2024022163A1 (en) Positioning method, terminal and network device
WO2024037515A1 (en) Message transmitting method, communication device, and storage medium
WO2024032543A1 (en) Information acquisition method, and terminal and access network device
WO2023165481A1 (en) Network fault processing method, terminal, access network device, and core network device
WO2024032537A1 (en) Communication method, device, and readable storage medium
WO2023143453A1 (en) Direct-connectivity air interface configuration method, and terminal and network-side device
WO2023125856A1 (en) Method and apparatus for monitoring and reporting ursp rules, terminal, and network element
WO2024061144A1 (en) Method and apparatus for configuring network routing, and network-side device and terminal
WO2024017167A1 (en) Rule processing method, communication device, and network side device
WO2024022161A1 (en) Pin device registration method and apparatus, and communication device
WO2023241614A1 (en) Ims service acquisition method and terminal, network device and medium
WO2023179553A1 (en) Method for negotiating unavailable period of terminal, terminal, and network side device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23851720

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1